HMI And PLC Connecting Guide L011221

User Manual: L011221 - Connecting Guide

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 382 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

To be the partner of your success
CONTENTS
MT5000/4000 SERIES HMI AND PLC CONNECTING GUIDE ........................................................- 1 -
1 SERIAL COMMUNICATION PIN DEFINITION ............................................................................................ - 1 -
2 PRINTER CONNECTING CABLE DIAGRAM ............................................................................................. - 3 -
2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable ........................................................................................................- 3 -
2.2 Recommend Optional printer ........................................................................................................- 5 -
3 DOWNLOAD CABLE DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................. - 6 -
3.1 Download by Serial Port ...............................................................................................................- 6 -
3.2 Download by USB ........................................................................................................................- 6 -
3.3 Download by Network Ethernet ....................................................................................................- 6 -
4 COMMUNICATION SETTINGS AND GUIDE OF HMI CONNECTING WITH CONTROLLER ............................ - 8 -
4.1 ABB Corporation ...........................................................................................................................- 8 -
4.2 Allen-Bradley ..............................................................................................................................- 12 -
4.3 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller ..................................................................................................- 24 -
4.4 ADAM .........................................................................................................................................- 26 -
4.5 AysjNet ........................................................................................................................................- 28 -
4.6 BACnet MS/TP ...........................................................................................................................- 29 -
4.7 Baldor NextMove ES (Motion Controller) ..................................................................................- 34 -
4.8 Barcode .......................................................................................................................................- 36 -
4.9 Baumuller ....................................................................................................................................- 37 -
4.10 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter) .............................................................................................- 38 -
4.11 Bosch Rexroth ...........................................................................................................................- 40 -
4.12 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet.............................................................................................................- 48 -
4.13 CANOpen Node Slave ..............................................................................................................- 54 -
4.14 Cimon ........................................................................................................................................- 61 -
4.15 Danfoss Inverter ........................................................................................................................- 63 -
4.16 Delta Corporation ......................................................................................................................- 69 -
4.17 Delta (Temperature Controller) .................................................................................................- 72 -
4.18 ENDA ........................................................................................................................................- 78 -
4.19 Emerson NetWork Power ..........................................................................................................- 80 -
4.20 Epower ......................................................................................................................................- 84 -
4.21 Facon Corporation .....................................................................................................................- 86 -
4.22 Fuji SPB ....................................................................................................................................- 91 -
4.23 GE Fanuc Automation Inc. ........................................................................................................- 93 -
4.24 HAIWELL ............................................................................................................................... - 102 -
4.25 HanG ....................................................................................................................................... - 104 -
4.26 Hitachi Inverter ....................................................................................................................... - 105 -
4.27 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd ................................................................................................................ - 107 -
4.28 Hollysys Corporation .............................................................................................................. - 114 -
4.29 HuaDA HD-JZ06 ..................................................................................................................... - 117 -
4.30 IDEC Corporation ................................................................................................................... - 119 -
4.31 Inovance Electric Corporation ................................................................................................. - 121 -
To be the partner of your success
4.32 Invt .......................................................................................................................................... - 125 -
4.33 KDN Corporation .................................................................................................................... - 128 -
4.34 Kinco Corporation ................................................................................................................... - 130 -
4.35 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge) ............................................................................. - 133 -
4.36 Kinco Servo Series .................................................................................................................. - 139 -
4.37 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection) ......................................... - 142 -
4.38 Keyence Corporation ............................................................................................................... - 143 -
4.39 Koyo Corporation .................................................................................................................... - 149 -
4.40 KTC Srdlink ............................................................................................................................ - 153 -
4.41 KYL Slave ............................................................................................................................... - 155 -
4.42 LENZE Inverter ....................................................................................................................... - 156 -
4.43 LS Industrial SystemsLG ................................................................................................ - 158 -
4.44 LUST ....................................................................................................................................... - 178 -
4.45 Memory map ........................................................................................................................... - 184 -
4.46 MEGMEET ............................................................................................................................. - 185 -
4.47 Mikom ..................................................................................................................................... - 189 -
4.48 Millenium3 .............................................................................................................................. - 191 -
4.49 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation .............................................................................................. - 193 -
4.50 MKS controller
........................................................................................................................ - 224 -
4.51 Modbus .................................................................................................................................... - 226 -
4.52 MODROL................................................................................................................................ - 232 -
4.53 OE MAX ................................................................................................................................. - 234 -
4.54 Omron Corporation ................................................................................................................. - 235 -
4.55 OMRON E5EZ-R3(Temperature Controller) .......................................................................... - 253 -
4.56 OPTO 22 ................................................................................................................................. - 255 -
4.57 Panasonic Electric Corporation ............................................................................................... - 258 -
4.58 Parker AutomationServo Controller ................................................................................ - 262 -
4.59 PMAC Motion Controller ....................................................................................................... - 269 -
4.60 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter ....................................................................................... - 270 -
4.61 Profibus DP Slave.................................................................................................................... - 272 -
4.62 RF-IC (Card Reader) ............................................................................................................... - 276 -
4.63 RKC Instrument INC............................................................................................................... - 277 -
4.64 Saia-Burgess ............................................................................................................................ - 280 -
4.65 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller) ..................................................................................... - 282 -
4.66 Schneider Electric, Ltd. ........................................................................................................... - 283 -
4.67 SHIMADEN FP23 .................................................................................................................. - 292 -
4.68 SIEMENS ................................................................................................................................ - 295 -
4.69 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5 ....................................................................................................... - 323 -
4.70 Sinocon Sc1n ........................................................................................................................... - 324 -
4.71 TAIAN ..................................................................................................................................... - 326 -
4.72 TMCM_303 ............................................................................................................................. - 328 -
4.73 THINGET Controller .............................................................................................................. - 330 -
4.74 Toledo DLoadCell ................................................................................................................... - 332 -
4.75 Toshiba .................................................................................................................................... - 333 -
To be the partner of your success
4.76 Trio motion controller ............................................................................................................. - 337 -
4.77 Unitronics ................................................................................................................................ - 341 -
4.78 Universal ASCII Slave ............................................................................................................ - 345 -
4.79 Vigor Corporation .................................................................................................................... - 346 -
4.80 XiLin Inverter .......................................................................................................................... - 348 -
4.81 Yamatake Corporation ............................................................................................................. - 349 -
4.82 Yaskawa Electric Corporation ................................................................................................. - 354 -
4.83 Yokogawa Electric Corporation .............................................................................................. - 365 -
4.84 YuDian AI ................................................................................................................................ - 371 -
4.85 ZiGuang Ethernet .................................................................................................................... - 376 -
1 Serial Communication Pin definition
MT5000/4000 Series HMI and PLC connecting guide
1 Serial Communication Pin definition
- Serial port COM0
COM0 is a 9-pin D-Sub male port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, the pin
definition as follows
15
69
Pin Signal Function
RS-232C RS-485 RS-422A
1 RX-(B) -- RS485B Receive data
2 RXD Receive data -- --
3 TXD Transmit data
-- --
4 TX- -- -- Transmit data
5
SG
Signal ground
6
RX+(A)
--
RS485A
Receive data
7 NC -- -- --
8 NC -- -- --
9 TX+ -- -- Transmit data
- Serial port COM1
COM1 is a 9-pin D-Sub female port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, and the
pin definition as follows:
51
96
Pin Signal Function
RS-232C RS-485 RS-422A
1 RX-(B) -- RS485B Receive data
2 RXD Receive data -- --
3
TXD
Transmit data
--
--
4 TX- -- -- Transmit data
5
SG
Signal ground
6
RX+(A)
--
RS485A
Receive data
7 CTS Clear transmit -- --
8 RTS Request
transmit
-- --
9
TX+
--
--
Transmit data
- Serial port COM2
The COM2 and COM0 use the same physical port, the 9-pin D-Sub male port. This COM port supports the
RS232 communication only. The pin definition as follows:
15
69
Pin Signal
Function
RS-232C
1 NC --
2 NC --
3 NC --
- 1 -
1 Serial Communication Pin definition
4 NC --
5 SG Signal ground
6 NC --
7 RXD Receive data
8 TXD Transmit data
9 NC --
The COM2 can be used to download and upload HMI program, and connect to PLC via RS232 as
well.COM2.
- 2 -
2 Printer connectiong cable diagram
2 Printer Connecting Cable Diagram
2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable
2.1.1 Brightek thermal printer
Users choose the protocol of thermal printer according to the dot-matrix of printer.
16 dots: WH-A62R10 protocol
24 dots: WH-A93RG0-00E825 protocol
2.1.2 Serial Interface Printer Cable of Brightek printer
a. WH4008A31-053 serial print mode, pulling up W1 short circuit block by RS232 level.
b. WH-A62R10 support printing of 190 dots width.
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows:
c. WH-A52Z20-30E125 support printing of 240 dots width.
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows:
5 RXD
9 GND
3 TXD
5 GND
Bright Printer 10 pin port
Note:the red line is the first pin
HMI
9 pin serial port
d. WH-A93RG0-00E825 now support printing of 384 dots width
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows:
- 3 -
2 Printer connectiong cable diagram
15 RXD
19 GND
3 TXD
5 GND
Bright Printer 20 pin port
Note:the red line is the first pin
HMI
9 pin serial port
e. WH-E173R90-00E11720GA support printing of 192 dots width.
19 RXD
16 GND
3 TXD
5 GND
Bright Printer 20 pin port
Note:the red line is the first pin
HMI
9 pin serial port
f. WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 support printing of 576 dots width (24).
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level
TXD RXD
BUSY
GND
20
18
16
19
17
15
19 RXD
16 GND
3 TXD
5 GND
Bright Printer 20 pin port
Note:the red line is the first pin
HMI
9 pin serial port
g. WH-C13RA9-00E82B support printing of 384 dots width, and with automatic cutting function.
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows:
1
2
26
25
21 RXD
25 GND
3 TXD
5 GND
Bright Printer 26 pin port
Note:the red line is the first pin
HMI
9 pin serial port
2.1.3 Siupo Printer cable
a. SP-E40004SK serial printer supports 240 dots width.
3 RXD
5 GND
3 TXD
5 GND
HMI
9 pin serial port
Printer
5 pin port
2.1.4 MY POS Printer cable
a. MY-POS80K serial printer which supports 240 dots width. 25 pin.
- 4 -
2 Printer connectiong cable diagram
3 RXD
7 GND
3 TXD
5 GND
HMI
9 pin serial port
Printer
25 pin port
2.2 Recommend Optional printer
Printer Driver Printer model Interface Print Structure Print format
EPSON ESC/P EPSON ME30 USB inkjet printer A4
EPSON ME300 USB inkjet printer A4
EPSON ESC/P2 EPSON LQ-630K USB Stylus printer A4
HP PCL5e
HP LaserJet p2014
USB
laser
A4
HP Photosmart D5368 USB inkjet printer A4
WH4008A31-053
WH-A52Z20-30E125 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line
WH-A52Z20-40E125
serial
Stylus micro printer
240 dots/line
WH-E202Z20-50E0022T55 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line
WH-A62R10 WH-A93RG0-00E725 Serial thermal 192 dots/line
WH-E173R90-00E11720GA Serial thermal 192 dots/line
WH-A93RG0-00E825 WH-A93RG0-00E825 Serial thermal 384 dots/line
WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 Serial thermal 576 dots/line
Siupo SP-M, D, E, F SP-E4004SK Serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line
MY-POS80K MY-POS80K Serial thermal POS 240 dots/line
- 5 -
3 Download cable diagram
3 Download Cable Diagram
3.1 Download by Serial Port
The COM2 port on the back of the case can be used to connect PLC RS-232 devices and can also be used
to connect with the programming interface and setting interface of a PC.
HMI COM0 terminal
9pin D-SUB female
7 RXD
8 TXD
5 GND
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
PC port
9pin D-SUB female
3.2 Download by USB
3.3 Download by Network Ethernet
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use Cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
A. cross-ruling cable diagram:
HMI Ethernet terminal
RJ45 Controller terminal
RJ45
3 RX+ green,white
4 BD4+blue
5 BD4- blue,white
1 TX+ (orange,white)
2 TX- orange)
3 RX+ (green,white)
6 RX- green
1 TX+orange,white
4 BD4+ (blue)
5 BD4- (blue,white)
7 BD3+ (brown,white)
8 BD3- brown
6 RX- (green) 2 TX- orange
7 BD3+ (brown,white)
8 BD3- (brown)
B. cross-over cable diagram:
- 6 -
3 Download cable diagram
HMI Ethernet terminal
RJ45 Ethernet Hub or Switch
RJ45
1 RX+orange,white
4 BD4+ bule
5 BD4- bule,white
2 RX- orange
3 TX+ green,white
7 BD3brown,white
8 BD3- brown
6 TX- green
1 TX+ (orange,white)
2 TX- ( orange)
3 RX+ (green,white)
4 BD4+ (bule)
5 BD4- (bule,white)
6 RX- (green)
7 BD3+ (brown,white)
8 BD3- (brown)
- 7 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4 Communication Settings and guide of HMI connecting with Controller
NoteDo not hot plug
4.1 ABB Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
ABB AC31 O7KR51-V3.6
RS232 on the CPU unit
ABB AC31 Modbus RTU
RS485
ABB AC500
PM571
PM581
PM591
RS232 on the CPU unit ABB AC500
Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ABB AC500 PM583 CPU Direct ABB AC500 Modbus TCP Slave
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ABB AC31 O7KR51-V3.6 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
ABB AC500
PM571
PM581
PM591
RS232 on the port 1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS232 on the port 2 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Network Communication Settings
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
ABBCPU PM583 CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Settings
HMI Setting
ABB AC31 Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1
RS232
- 8 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-2
ABB AC500 protocol
Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1
RS232
- 9 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Settings
Related parameters settings refer to the communication equipment specifications
Network Communication parameters Settings
HMI Settings
PLC 设置
IP setting can use control builder plus orpanel settingspecific reference to ABB help
Supported Device
ABB AC31
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Input bit I00.00-68.15 ------ DD.DD
Output bit O00.00-68.15 ------ DD.DD
Internal Relay M(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15) ------ DDD.DD
Link Relay S000.00-125.15 ------ DDD.DD
Input Register ------ IW00.00-68.15 DD.DD
Output Register ------ OW00.00-68.15 DD.DD
Internal Register ------ MW(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15) DDD.DD
Indirect Register ------ KW01.00-31.15 DD.DD
Internal Register
(Double words) ------ MD0.00-7.15 D.DD
Indirect Register
(Double words) ------ KD0.00-7.15 D.DD
- 10 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
ABB AC500
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
PLC Register MB0.0—8191.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal Register
------
MW0.0—1.32767
D.DDDDD
Internal Register (Double words)
------
MD0.0—1.16383
D.DDDDD
Note
1Select “MODBUS” mode in the ABB AC500 programming software;
2If selecting “COM1 MODBUS”, serial communication setting must be “slave” in the 15th
Operation mode”. Other parameters match the touch-screen.
3Example: MB address: 0.0.1, please input 0.1 in the HMI.
Cable Diagram
ABB AC31 RS232
1 RXD
2 TXD
7 GND
3
6
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
8 pin mini DIN(male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
ABB AC31 RS485-2
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
8 pin mini DIN(male)
2-
7+
3
6
com0/com1
1 RX-
6 RX+
ABB AC500 port1 RS232
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller com1 terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
6 TXD
8 RXD
7 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
ABB AC500 port2 RS232
- 11 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller com2 terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
7 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
4.2 Allen-Bradley
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
MicroLogix
MicroLogix 1500 (1764-LRP)
Channel 1
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix
Series(DF1)*1
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1500
(1764-LSP,1764-LRP)
Channel 0
AIC+ Advanced
Interface Converter
1761-NET-AIC
MicroLogix 1400
(1766-L32BWAA)
Channel 0
Channel 2
SLC500
SLC 5/03
SLC 5/04
SLC 5/05
Channel 0
1770-KF3
2760-RB
1775-KA
5130-RM
1771-KGM
PLC-5
PLC-5/11
PLC-5/20
PLC-5/30
PLC-5/40
PLC-5/40L
PLC-5/60
PLC-5/60L
Channel 0
CompactLogix
1769-L20
1769-L30
1769-L31
1769-L32E
1769-L35E
Channel 0
Channel 1 AB
CompactLogix/ControlLogix
Series(DF1)*2
ControlLogix 1756-L61
1756-L63 CPU Direct
*1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software
*2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software
- 12 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet Communication (Direct Online Simulation disable)
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MicroLogix
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1400
CPU Direct (channel
1)
AB
SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix
Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
*1
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1400
MicroLogix 1500
1761-NET-ENI
SLC500
SLC5/05
CPU Direct (channel
1)
SLC5/03
SLC5/04
SLC5/05
1761-NET-ENI
PLC-5
ALL CPUs that support the
link I/F on the right 1761-NET-ENI
CompactLogix
1769-L30ER
1769-L32E
1769-L35E
CPU Direct AB
CompactLogix/ControlLogix
Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
*2
All CPUs which support the
link I/F on the right 1761-NET-ENI
*1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software
*2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software
Serial System Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
MicroLogix
1500 (1764-LRP) Channel 1 RS232C Setting Your owner cable
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1500
Channel 0
RS232C Setting Your owner cable
AIC+ Advanced
Interface Converter
1761-NET-AIC
MicroLogix 1400 Channel 0 RS232C Setting Your owner cable
Channel 2
Your owner cable
SLC500
SLC 5/03
SLC 5/04
SLC 5/05
Channel 0
RS232C Setting Your owner cable
1770-KF3
2760-RB
1775-KA
5130-RM
1771-KGM
PLC-5
PLC-5/11
PLC-5/20
PLC-5/30
Channel 0 RS232C Setting Your owner cable
- 13 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC-5/40
PLC-5/40L
PLC-5/60
PLC-5/60L
CompactLogix
1769-L20
1769-L30
1769-L31
1769-L32E
1769-L35E
Channel 0
RS232C Setting Your owner cable
Channel 1
ControlLogix 1756L61 CPU Direct RS232C Setting Your owner cable
Ethernet System Communication
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
MicroLogix
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1400
CPU Direct
(channel 1)
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1500
1761-NET-ENI
SLC500
SLC5/05 CPU Direct
(channel 1)
SLC5/03
SLC5/04
SLC5/05
1761-NET-ENI
PLC-5
ALL CPUs that
support the link I/F on
the right
1761-NET-ENI
CompactLogix 1769-L30ER
1769-L32E
1769-L35E
CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
All CPUs which
support the link I/F on
the right
1761-NET-ENI
Serial Communication Setting
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0
- 14 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
RSLogix500 software setting
NOTE: Driver: DF1 Full Duplex; Error Detection: CRC.
AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0
- 15 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
RSLogix5000 software setting
NOTE: Protocol: DF1 Point to Point; Error Detection: CRC; Enable Duplicate Detection: Disabled.
1Set the communication parameters: Controller properties
- 16 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Define the new device in the RSLogix5000 before using the register in the HMI.
(2) Define Tags and Data type: SelectController Tags” right-clickNew Tag”, set up tag:
NOTE:
1. The controller registers that HMI needs to visit should be defined in the RSLogix5000 in advance.
2. Controller Tags are suitable for all routines in controller, they are global, so the tag should be built in
Controller Tags
(3) Tag Name and File Number mapping: Select “Logic””Map PLC/SLC Messages”.Note: the
software should be in offline mode
- 17 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Example
Build a new tag whose name is a, the Data Type is INT:
Note:
1. For the Data Typethe CompactLogix/ControlLogix supports the INT, BOOL, REAL data type only.
2. This driver does not support Multi-dimensional array, so you can define the range of Dim0 only.
3. In this driver, the INT range is 0~254; REAL range is 0~254, and the BOOL range is 0~999.
Besides, build two new tags whose Names are b and c, Data Type are REAL and BOOL.
The BOOL variable address range is 0~1024 in PLC, but this driver only supports 0~999. So the HMI can
only visit the BOOL register from to 999.
After the tags are defined, map the Name to the File Number:
- 18 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Note:
1. The File Number is unique, a same File Number cannot map to different Names
2. The range of File Number in this driver is 0~254.
The HMI mapping addresses are as follows:
Tag Name Data Type Support Range Mapping File
Number
Mapping HMI address
a INT[255] 0~254 0 INT 000000~000254
a BOOL 000.0~254.15 0 N_BOOL 000000.00~000254.15
b REAL[255] 0~254 1 REAL 001000~001254
c BOOL[1024] 0~999 254 B_BOOL 254000~254999
Ethernet Communication Setting
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
- 19 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
Supported Device
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series(DF1)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit data file B30.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file B100.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file B110.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file B120.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file
B13
0.0-255.15
------ DDD.DD
- 20 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Output data file O00.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD
Input data file I10.0-255.15 ------ DD.DD
Integer data file ------ N150-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N140-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N130-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N120-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N110-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N100-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N70-255 DDD
Floating point data file ------ F80-255 DDD
Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV0-255 DDD
Counter Preset Value ------ C5SV0-255 DDD
Timer Accumulator Value ------ T4PV0-255 DDD
Timer Preset Value ------ T4SV0-255 DDD
Note:
The format of I/O address is I/O e.s/b, and the e is slot number, s is variable number and b is bit number.
For example:
The PLC address is O0 0.0/11, mapping address in HMI is O0 0.11;
The PLC address is O0 0.1/8, mapping address in HMI is O0 1.8.
The I/O address in HMI is continuous when different AB CPU use the I/O modules.
Take Micrologix 1400 + output module 1762-OW16 for example, O0 1.3/3 maps the O0 6.3 in HMI.
AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series(DF1)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Integer data file bit level N_BOOL000000.00~254254.15 ------ DDDDDD.DD*1
Bit data file
B_BOOL000000~254991
------ DDDDDD*1
Floating point data file ------
REAL000000~254254
DDDDDD*1
Integer data file ------
INT000000~254254
DDDDDD*1
DInteger data file ------
DINT000000~254254
DDDDDD*1
- 21 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Note:
*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12.
2. Users can define the File Number.
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit data file B130.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file B120.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file B110.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file B100.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file B30.0-255.15 ------ DDD.DD
Bit data file
Bf:n0.0-255255.15
------
DDDDDD.DD
*1
Output bit data file
O00.0-255.15
------
DD.DD
Input bit data file
I1
0.0-255.15
------ DD.DD
Output data file
------
OW0
0-255
DDD
Input data file
------
IW1
0-255
DDD
Integer data file ------ N150-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N140-255 DDD
Integer data file
------
N130-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N12
0-255
DDD
Integer data file ------ N110-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N100-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N70-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ Nf:n0-255255 DDDDDD *1
Floating point data file ------
F8
0-255
DDD
Floating point data file
------
Ff:n
0-255255
DDDDDD
*1
Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV0-255 DDD
Counter Preset Value
------
C5SV0-255
DDD
Timer Accumulator Value
------
T4PV0-255
DDD
Timer Preset Value
------
T4SV
0-255
DDD
Note:
*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow:
Bf:n 113087.12, file number is 113, variable address is 87.12, and mapping address in PLC is B113: 87/12;
Ff:n 9002, file number 9, variable address 2, and mapping address in PLC is F9:2.
AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Integer data file bit level
N_BOOL000000.00~254255.15
------ DDDDDD.DD*1
Bit data file
B_BOOL000000~254999
------ DDDDDD*1
Floating point data file ------
REAL000000~254255
DDDDDD*1
- 22 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Integer data file ------
INT000000~254255
DDDDDD*1
DInteger data file ------
DINT000000~254255
DDDDDD*1
NOTE:
1. Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12.
2. Users can define the File Number.
Cable Diagram
MicroLogix RS232 cable diagram
1. Cable made by AB Corporation
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
2RXD
3TXD
5GND
7TXD
4RXD
2GND
6CTS7RTS
8CTS
1DCD 5DCD
3RTS
Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
2. Communication module AIC+ (Part No. 1761-NET-AIC) RS232
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
Controller Micrologix series
AIC+terminal
9 pin D-SUB (female)
SLC 5/03 RS232 cable diagram
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (female)
PLC-5 RS232 cable diagram
- 23 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
2 TXD
3 RXD
4 RTS
7 SG
5 CTS
6 DSR
Controller terminal
25 pin D-SUB male
20 DTR
8 DCD
CompactLogix/ ControlLogix RS232 cable diagram
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
Controller
CH0/CH1 terminal
9 pin D-SUB (female)
Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.3 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SA2103 SB214SA RS232 on the CPU unit
ACS-Tech80
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
SA2103 SB214SA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS232 communication
- 24 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Linear DecelerationLD
------
LD 0~3 D R/W
Linear Acceleration(LA) ------ LA 0~3 D R/W
Linear Velocity(LV) ------ LV 0~3 D R/W
Next trgt Abs Pos(AP) ------ AP 0~3 D R/W
Next Motion Mode(MM) ------ MM 0~3 D R/W
Functions Avail.(FA.1) ------ FA.1 0~3 D Read Only
Array Offset(AO) ------ AO 0~3 D R/W
Array’s Upper Index(UI) ------ UI 0~3 D R/W
Array’s Low Index(LI) ------ LI 0~3 D R/W
Path Gen.mode(PG) ------ PG 0~3 D R/W
Motor enabled(MO) MO 0~3 ------ D Write Only
CLEAR CLEAR 0 ------ D Write Only
Write Only
Write Only
RESET RESET 0 ------
D
B B 0~3 ------
D
NoteR: ReadableW: Writable
Register instructions
1. LDLALVAPMMFA.1AOUILIPG
Main addressAxis parameter numberXYZT
2. MOBOperating instructions
Main addressAxis parameter numberXYZT
3. CLEARRESETOperating instructions
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
- 25 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
4.4 ADAM
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
ADAM
ADAM-4017
RS485 on the CPU unit
ADAM-4017
ADMA-4015 RS485 on the CPU unit
ADMA-4015
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ADAM ADAM-4017 RS485on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
ADMA-4015 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
ADAM-4017 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 255
Notea. To allow the “Check Code”;
b. Direct online simulation disables.
ADAM-4015 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
- 26 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Note: PLC station must match with the ADAM-4015 configuration.
PLC Setting
Connect INITwith GND”, and reset the device, then set the communication of ADMA-4015.
Set OK, then Update.
Supported Device
ADAM-4017
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Read Analog Input form Channel N
———
S_Channel 0-65535
DDDDD
Read Analog Input from all Channel ——— A_Channel 0-7 D
Configuration Status
———
Status 0-65535
DDDDD
Enable/disable Channels for Multiplexing
———
M_channel 0-65535
DDDDD
Read Channel Status
———
Channel_Status 0-65535
DDDDD
- 27 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Read Version
———
Version 0-65535
DDDDD
Read Module Name
———
Name 0-65535
DDDDD
NoteOrder code refer to the ADAM-4107 manual
1 “Data type” of S_Channel and A_Channel is signed integer. Decimal digits is 2 when the power
supply is 500mv or 150mv, other conditions is 3.
2 “Data type” of other registers is HEXING
3M_channel$AA5VV):At the same time allow multiplexing.
Enter the decimal value in the range of 0 to 255, mapping hexadecimal (00-FF)
255FF):0-7 channel show.
1277F):0-6 channel show, 7 Channel does not show.
ADAM-4015
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Channel ------ Channel 0-5 D Floating
Note: Channel 0-5 data type is floating.
Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
RS485 terminal
DATA-
DATA+
1 RX-
6 RX+
com0/com1
4.5 AysjNet
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Compressor Controller KYK3-K RS485 on port AysjNet
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Compressor
Controller KYK3-K RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
- 28 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Setting
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
control
CTL
0~5
&128&150
------
DDD
Write only
set
------
SET (0~51)&128
DDD
state
------
STATUS 0.0~17.2
DD.D
Read only
Cable Diagram
Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
15-
16+
4.6 BACnet MS/TP
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
BACnet MS/TP VLC-660R
Johnson FC BUS Port on CPU unit BACnet MS/TP
BACnet MS/TP
Extend
ALERTON
VLC-660R Port on CPU unit BACnet MS/TP Extend
Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
- 29 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
BACnet IP Ethernet interface on CPU BACnet IP
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
BACnet MS/TP VLC-660R
Johnson FC BUS CPU Direct RS485 Setting Your owner cable
BACnet MS/TP
Extend
ALERTON
VLC-660R
Port on CPU
unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Ethernet System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
BACnet IP Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
BACnet MS/TP protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 38400, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1
NOTE
MAX Master setting
Protocol Time Out 2mshigh three is MAX Masterdefault 127.
MAC address setting
Protocol Time Out 2mslow three is HMI MAC addressRange is 0-127And it must be
different from others which one in the token-ring
PLC MAC address is setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.]Range is 0~255.
- 30 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter
BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication38400bps8none1station1
Note: Lable one:
a.PLC Communication Time Out:255 stands for HMI’s ID number;
b.005 stands for HMIs MAC address,Range is 0~127And it must be different from
others which one in the token-ring
Lable three:
a.Protocol Time Out 2:16 stands for register read and writer priority,range is 1~16;
b.9999 stands for offset address;Range is 0~4194303;
c.PLCs ID number=Offset address+The setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.];
- 31 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.
BACnet IP protocol
HMI Setting
NOTE
Label one, Station No: Range(0~255),Setting in PLC;
Label two, PLC IP Address: Just in the same segment;
Label three, Users can modify:
8000 stands for HMIs ID number,16 stands for register read and writer priority, range
1~16
;
PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.
Supported Device
BACnet MS/TP Protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Binary Input
BI 0-65535
------ DDDDD
Binary Output
BO 0-65535
------ DDDDD
Binary Value
BV 0-65535
------ DDDDD
- 32 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Analog Input
------
AI 0-65535
DDDDD Float
Analog Output
------
AO 0-65535
DDDDD Float
Analog Value
------
AV 0-65535
DDDDD Float
------
MI 0-65535
DDDDD Float
------
MO 0-65535
DDDDD Float
------
MV 0-65535
DDDDD Float
BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
AI
------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float
AO ------
0-65535
DDDDD
Float
AV ------
0-65535
DDDDD
Float
BI 0-65535
------
DDDDD
BO 0-65535
------
DDDDD
BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
MI ------
0-65535
DDDDD
MO ------
0-65535
DDDDD
MV ------
0-65535
DDDDD
Note 1. AIAOAV is float data;
2.This protocol does not support direct online simulation;
3. Three:Bit register transfer is recommended to use a timer to achieve.
BACnet IP Protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Binary Input
BI 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Binary Output
BO 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Binary Value
BV 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Analog Input
------
AI 0-65535
DDDDD
Float
Analog Output ------ AO 0-65535 DDDDD Float
Analog Value ------ AV 0-65535 DDDDD Float
------ MI 0-65535 DDDDD
------
MO 0-65535
DDDDD
------
MV 0-65535
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
RS485-2
- 33 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
-
+
com0/com1
1 RX-
6 RX+
Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.7 Baldor NextMove ES (Motion Controller)
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
NextMove ES NextMove ES RS232 on the CPU unit Baldor NextMove ES
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
NextMove ES NextMove ES RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
Use the guide of the Workbench software
- 34 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
- 35 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Only data of comms can be monitored, some address greater than or equal to 100 are read only. Please
pay attention to matching the controller software configuration.
Device Bit Address Word AddressParameter symbol Format Notes
Float --------- 1-255 DDD Float Data type
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable of HMI connecting to controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
RS232 programming cableAlso can use USBPower is +5v/±12v
PC terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RXD 3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
3 TXD
5 GND
7
88
7
4.8 Barcode
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Barcode
3800LTP-12E
RS232 Barcode
MLJ-MS9590
SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR
Flashcode LS3042
System configuration
Series CPU Link
Module
COMM
Type Parameter Cable
Barcode
3800LTP-12E
RS232 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
MLJ-MS9590
SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR
Flashcode LS3042
Communication Setting
- 36 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Word -------- LW 8900-8999 DDDD
Bit -------- LB 8999 DDDD
NOTE:
1. LW 8900-8999: the character after scanning, text and note book parts can display it.
2. LB 8999: the state of barcode is received or not. LB 8999=1 means the data is received.
Cable Diagram
Connect the scanner and the COM port of HMI directly.
4.9 Baumuller
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Baumuller BM4413-ST0-02200-03 RS422 on the CPU unit Baumuller
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Baumuller BM4413-ST0-02200-03 RS422 on the CPU
unit
RS485 Setting
Your owner
cable
Communication Setting
- 37 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit type
DB_BIT0
00-255
F
------
DDD.H
Word type
------
DB0-255
DDD
Example: DB2_BIT address please input 0.F in the EV5000 software.
DB2 address please input 11 in the EV5000 software.
Cable Diagram
RS485-4 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
6 RXD+
1 TXD-
3 GND
5 RXD-
9 TXD+
com0/com1
9 TXD+
4 TXD-
6 RXD+
1 RXD-
5 GND
4.10 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter)
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KVFC+
RS485
Bosch Rexroth KVFC+
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
KVFC+ RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
- 38 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Setting
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Start/Stop STW0~3 ------ D
STW0 open, start.
STW0 close, stop.
STW1 close, positive rotation.
STW1 open, negative rotation.
STW2 REV inching turning.
STW3 FWD inching turning.
Set frequency
------ HSW 0 D
Basic Function Block ------ B 0~41 DD B16 acceleration time.
B17 deceleration time.
Deviation alarm
------ E 0~41 DD
Programmable control
function array
------ P 0~37 DD
High function array ------ H 0~38 DD
D array ------ D 0~6 D D0: output power.
D2: running current.
Cable Diagram
Controller terminal
RJ12(male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male
6RX+
1RX-
4 485+
3 485-
- 39 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.11 Bosch Rexroth
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
PPC-R PPC-R22.1 13VRS RS232 on the CPU unit
Bosch Rexroth
RS485 on the port
L L40 RS232 on the CPU unit
L20 RS232 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
PPC-R PPC-R22.1 13VRS RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
L L40
L20 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
PPC-R communication setting
RS232 communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station number: 128
RS485 communication
- 40 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.
L40 communication settings
Default communication: 38400, 8, 1, none; Station No.: 2
NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.
L40 Hardware Settings
- 41 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
PPC-R software setting
PLC connects with PC via crossover ethernet cable. If using cross-connection ethernet cable, you must add
a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet)
Hardware configuration
1. Click”scp configurator”--->”scanning ”or” add device”--->”next”, pay attention to the default
controller IP: 192.168.1.1. And set IP 192.168.1.1 in the software (PC and controller must be set up in
the same segment), ping IP address is OK, that configuration is successful. Save and close “scp
configurator”--->”refresh” to see logical devices created in configured logical devices”, double-click to
enter. All configurations will be successful.
2. Open ”indralogic”--->”online/communication parameter--->”new” and select ”TCP/IP” to
modify “value”, set IP address the same as controller: 192.168.1.1
- 42 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3. “Resource”--->“Global variables”--->declare variable in “HMI”
4. Click “online/login”
L40 software setting
1) The IndraLogic software connect with the Rexroth IndraControl L40 by ethernet cabletest: plc IP
address192.168.100.103
Open the IndraLogic softwarecreate a new project
Click “OK” and pop-up the window as follows:
- 43 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTEMust select Download symbol file
Click “OK” and pop-up the window as follows:
And then edit program
- 44 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Input B0 and pop-up the dialog, configurations as follows, click “OK”:
And set up coil
At the same time, you will find that there automatically generate two variables in the global variable
Then setting as follows
- 45 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Setting communication parameter:
Then click “Login”:
Communicating successfully, you can operate“Online” menu to select “run” or others:
- 46 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTEThe PLC panel must be set up, press” Enter”, then press” , until show e
press ”Enter” to enter “COM SERV” interfaces (not SERV, it must change to SERV)
In accordance with the above settings, the serial line access, EV5000 can be communicated with the
Rexroth Controller L40 by serial port.
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
BYTE B0000-9999 ------ DDDD
WORD ------ W0-65535 DDDDD
INT
------
I0-65535
DDDDD
UINT
------
UI0-65535
DDDDD
DWORD
------
DW0-65535
DDDDD
DINT ------ DI0-65535 DDDDD
UDINT ------ UD0-65535 DDDDD
Cable Diagram
PPC-R RS232 communication cable
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
Controller terminal
15 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
3 RXD
7 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
PPC-R RS485 communication cable
- 47 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com0/com1 Controller terminal
15 pin D-SUB (male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX- 5 TX-
4 TX+
7 GND
6RX+
5 GND
L40 communication cable
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
4.12 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet
Network communication (indirect online and direct online simulation disable)
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
IndraLogic IndraLogic L40 DPM ETH on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth Ethernet
IndraMotion MLC IndraControl L25 ETH on the CPU unit
Bosch Rexroth L25 Ethernet
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
IndraLogic L40 DPM 02VRS ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable
IndraMotio
n MLC
IndraControl L25 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
L40
HMI Setting
- 48 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
P L C A ttr ib u te (station disable)
N etw ork con figu rationNote: PLC port num. must be set 6042HMI port num. is optionaldefault
is 6042. In addition, the screen and plc must be set in the same network segment, the gateway of the screen
is better to set with the actual use of the network gateway .
NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.
PLC Setting
PLC connect with PC by crossover network cableif using cross-connection network cable, you must
add a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet)
1. After L40 equipped with software driver successfully, to set as follows:
- 49 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
At this time open “indralogic” -->“online/communication parameter” -->“new” and select “TCP/IP
to modify “valueset IP address the same as controller: 192.168.100.103
- 50 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. “Resource”--->“Global variables”--->declare variable in “HMI
3. Click “online/login”
L25:
HMI Setting
- 51 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Modify the IP in the controller.
2. Declare variable in controller programmer software.
3. Software setting
1Create new project and select IndraMotion MLC L25librarydriver and controlIndraMotion MLC,
then drug the selected controller onto the project file.
- 52 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2IN Insert IndraMotion MLC L25 properties box, set the Firmware release
FWA-CML25*-ML*-12V06and IP address.
3Declare variable
Declare variable UD in [Application][PlcProg(PRG)],and declare the variable type.
4) View the Declared variable in [Application][UserVarGlobal]
- 53 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4. Click “online/login”
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
BYTE
B0000-9999 ------ DDDD
WORD ------ W0-65535 DDDDD
INT ------ I0-65535 DDDDD
UINT ------ UI0-65535 DDDDD
DWORD
------
DW0-65535
DDDDD
DINT ------ DI0-65535 DDDDD
UDINT ------ UD0-65535 DDDDD
Cable Diagram
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.13 CANOpen Node Slave
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KINCO K4 CAN port on the External Device
CANOpen Node Slave
Other company devices which support
CANOpen CANOpen port
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
Parameter
Cable
KINCO K4 CAN port on the External Device Setting
Your owner
cable
Other company devices which
support CANOpen CAN port Setting
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 54 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Baud Rate and Station No. must be the same as the setting in the controller.
Parameters Setting
1. Predefined PDO mapping parameters
a. Default is yes, that is an effective predefined PDO mapping parameters. HMI now use the following
PDO communication parameters and mapping
Receive PDO Mapping Send PDO Mapping
Note: TX_PDO using the event-triggered mode, that is, only when its mapping variable changes, it sends
the PDO.
- 55 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
b. If the "No", the main station or other equipment necessary to configure the PDO communication
parameters and mapping (configure only in the pre-operational status). After configured, you can send a
save command via USB-CAN or controller to save the current configuration (restart still valid).
Command:
2. Enter operational state automatically
a. Default is "yes", that is, HMI enter the operational status (OPERATIONAL) automatically after
power-up, NMT Master is no need to re-send start instructions.
b. If the "No", then HMI enter the pre-operational status (PRE-OPERATIONAL) automatically after
power-up, only when the NMT Master sends start commands, system can entering the operational status
(OPERATIONAL)
Note: PDO is effective only in the operating conditions (OPERATIONAL).
3. Baudrate
CAN port baud rate must be the same as CAN bus.
4. Node ID
HMI in the CAN bus ID, the ID only for the use of CANopen protocol. When using all the PDO
(RX_PDO1 ~ RX_PDO64, TX_PDO1 ~ TX_PDO64), station number can not exceed 7, the bus station
number of other devices also can not exceed 7.
PLC setting
Note: you can find MT5020.EDS in fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download
from www.kinco.cn.
Take MT6000 for example (we use MT6000 HMI to test, and use 3S CODESYS software to download
project)
1. Setup
- Start Menu 3s Software”->“Codesys v2.3”->“installtarget”
- Click “open” choose “StepServoARM.tnf”, and then click “install”.
COB-ID DATA
Save the configuration information 0x600 + NodeID 0x23 0x10 0x10 0x01 0x73 0x61 0x76 0x65
Restore to factory defaults 0x600 + NodeID 0x23 0x11 0x10 0x01 0x6C 0x6F 0x61 0x64
Into the operating state 0x00 0x01 NodeID
Into the pre-operational status 0x00 0x80 NodeID
- 56 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Copy “MT5020.EDS” to “C:\Program Files\Common Files\CAA -Targets\ StepServo\ PlcConf”
3. Configuration setting
a. run codesys softwaremake a new project
b. configuration settingright click “PLC configuration” and choose “CanMaster”
c. set Baud Rate
- 57 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
d. choose “CanMaster” right click “Append HMI-MT5020”
e. Node ID: set slave station No.
f. in the “Library Manager” we import “3S_CANopenMaster.lib”
- 58 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
g. PDO read and write setting
h. define Global Variable
- 59 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
i. SDO settingthis step need program
j. load the configuration into the PLC
Supported Device
- 60 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
———— LW8000~LW8999 DDDD
NOTE: We must make the setting of PD0, SD0 and LW the same as codesys
Cable Diagram
HMI CAN terminal
9pin D-SUB female
2
7
2
7
Controller CAN terminal
9 pin D-SUB female/male
CAN
4.14 Cimon
Serial Communication
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
PLC-S
Cimon
CM3-SP16MD
RV
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI setting
Default parameter9600bps8none1station number0
RS232
Series CPU Link Module Driver
PLC-S Cimon
CM3-SP16MDRV RS232 on the CPU unit Cimon CM3-SP16
- 61 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input
X 0.0-63.F
------ DD.F
Output
Y 0.0-63.F
------ DD.F
Sub Relay
M 0.0-511.F
------ DDD.F
Link Relay
L 0.0-255.F
------ DDD.F
Keep Relay
K 0.0-255.F
------ DDD.F
Timer
T 0-519
------ DDD
Counter
C 0-519
------ DDD
- 62 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Special Relay
F 0-2047
------ DDDD
Z Register
------
Z 0-1029
DDDD
Timer
------
T 0-519
DDD
Counter
------
C 0-519
DDD
Data Device
------
D 0-9999
DDDD
Sub Relay
------
M 0-511
DDD
Output ------ Y 0-63 DD
Input
------
X 0-63
DD
Keep Relay ------ K 0-255 DDD
Link Relay
------
L 0-255
DDD
Step Control Relay ------ S 0-99 DD
Cable Diagram
RS232
Pin
1
2
3
Name
TX
RX
GND
Controller
RS232 terminal
com0/com1
2 RX
3 TX
5 GND
com2
7 RX
8 TX
5 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
RS485
com0/com1
6 RX+
1 RX-
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Pin
4
5
3
Name
D+
D-
GND
Controller
RS485 terminal
5 GND
4.15 Danfoss Inverter
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Danfoss FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit
Danfoss
Modbus RTU
System configuration
- 63 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Danfoss FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus RTU FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Danfoss Protocol:
Modbus RTU Protocol:
NoteChange the value of 8-30 to 2 on the Danfoss inverter for modbus protocolChange the value of 8-30
to 0 for the Danfoss Protocol
Inverter
8-3* FC Port Setting
8-30 protocol
*[0] FC (danfoss protocol)
[2] Modbus (modbus protocol)
8-31 address
1 – 247 * 1 (HMI station No.)
- 64 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
8-32 FC Port Baud Rate
[0] 2400 Baud
[1] 4800 Baud
*[2] 9600 Baud
8-33 FC Port Parity
*[0] even, 1 stop bit
[1] Odd, 1 stop bit
[2] None, 1 stop bit
[3] None, 2 stop bit
Inverter setting
Please refer to the manual of Danfoss inverter for details
Supported Device
Danfoss Protocol:
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
EEPROM Register(Double Word) ———— EPD0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD
EEPROM Register ———— EPW0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD
RAM Register(Double Word) ———— RMD0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD
RAM Register ———— RMW0-7998.99999 DDDD.DDDDD
Note
1. D indicates decimal; the prefix of RMD\RMW\EPD\EPW is address parameter, the suffix is index
number.
2. Mapping of index address (adding radix point if having index address, index value follow radix point.
Otherwise there’s no radix point):
RMW310.1 is to 3-10, please clicking Menu, to find 3-10 to check.
3. If no index, radix point followed by default zero. As follows RMW122 to 1-22:
- 65 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4. R/W of process word:
1 Address of EPD register is 8000, is for saving input command value of process word;
2 Address of EPD register is 8100, is for saving return value of process word;
3 Input command value and return value can be showed by RW register.
4Start\Stop, Mapping of reference value to frequency:
Reason: RWD8000 is for inputting control word, it’s not able to input control word by itself, but
via sending RW1, RW0 to RWD8000 by timer.
C ontrol w ord R W 1: W hile R W 1=0x47C or 1148, it m eans start. W hile R W =0x0F03 or 3843, it
means stop.
- 66 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Frequency of RW 0 m apping : If input 2000 to R W 0, frequency is 25H Z, and input 4000, frequency
is 50HZ, and so on.
Tim er, send value of R W 1 and RW 0 to R W D 8000.
Modbus RTU Protocol:
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output bit 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input bit (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
Note
Mapping of address (same as *10 relationships):
2-01 is to 4X2010
3-02 is to 4X3020
So address 4X1300 is to 1-30 as following picture, here is double word address. To get more
information, please refer to danfoss manual.
In addition, to get mapping address of startup, you should set bit of 3, 4, 5, 6,7,11 coil on:
0x047C=0000 0100 0111 1100
Set 0X 3, 0X 4, 0X 5, 0X 6, 0X 7, 0X 11 all to “1” (if random one of these registers is “0”,inverter will
stop.
- 67 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
loop
0
1
01
Preset reference value LSB
02
Preset reference value MSB
03
DC brake
Do not DC brake
04
Inertial stop
Do not Inertial stop
05
Quickly stop
Do not Quickly stop
06
locking frequency
Do not locking frequency
07
Acc/Dec stop
start
08
Do not reset
reset
09
Do not inching
inching
10
Acc/Dec 1
Acc/Dec 2
11
valid data
invalid data
12
Relay 1 close
Relay 1 open
13
Relay 2 close
Relay 2 open
14
Set LSB
15
Set MSB
16
Do not reverse
reverse
Transducer controller word (FC structure)
Set 0X 30X 40X 50X 60X 7 all to “1” via the method of setting on when window open; Change
the inverter status (start or stop) by control the status of 0X11.
0x2000=0010 0000 0000 0000(binary bit from the 17th to the 32nd), setting the 30th bit to “1” means
- 68 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
frequency is 25Hz, and “1” in the 29th bit means 12.5Hz, and so on. In short, the 0X17~0X32 is to control
frequency. The inverter will show the value after starting.
0X17~0X32 for controlling frequencymapping as follows:
0x4000 ——50Hz
0x2000 ——25Hz
0x1000 ——12.5Hz (approximate)
0x800 ——6Hz
And so on, about 80 times
Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller
RS485 terminal
69
68
61
com0/com1
1RX-
6RX+
5 GND
4.16 Delta Corporation
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
DVP
DVP14SS11R2
DVP 24
DVP 32
DVP 60ES00
DVP-XXES01
RS232 on the CPU unit
Delta DVP
RS485 on port
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
DVP
DVP14SS11R2
DVP 24
DVP 32
DVP 60ES00
DVP-XXES01
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
DVP RS232 communication
- 69 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
DVP RS485-2 communication
Note: RS485 communication, we should change the value of D1120 in the PLC Software.
PLC setting
1. Wpl207->Auxiliary Editing->RS-485 Protocol Setting (D1120), you can set the value of D1120.
- 70 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. PLC connection with the Wpl207, monitoring changes in the value of D1120. for example, 9600, 7, even,
1. and then D1120=86HEX
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input
X0-9999
------
OOOO
Output
Y0-9999
------
OOOO
Auxiliary Relay
M0-9999
------
DDDD
Step Relay
S0-9999
------
DDDD
Timer Relay
T0-9999
------
DDDD
Counter Relay
C0-9999
------
DDDD
Timer
------
TV0-9999
DDDD
Counter
------
CV0-127
DDD
Double word counter
------
CV2 232-255
DDD
Data Register
------
D0-9999
DDDD
Cable Diagram
DVP RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
4 RXD
5 TXD
8 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
DVP RS485-2 communication cable
- 71 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller
RS485 terminal
-
+
1 RX-
6 RX+
com0/com1
4.17 Delta (Temperature Controller)
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
DVP DTA4848 RS485 on the CPU unit Delta DTA_DTB
DTB9696VR
RS485 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
DVP DTA4848 RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
DTB9696VR RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS485-2 communication
NOTE: Only use 4X, not 3X in the ev5000 project.
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output bit 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input bit (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
- 72 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
Controller Setting
1. Set the communication parameter
Setting communication parameter in “setting mode”
(1) (Station number) matching the station No. of the Ev5000
(2) (Baudrate)
(3) (Data bit)
(4) (Parity)
(5) (Stop bit)
Non-supported formats: 7, N, 1 or 8, O, 2 or 8, E, 2(DatabitParityStopbit).
(6) Setting the parameter of CoSH
The data must be ON when executing write operation in touch-screen.
2. Communication parameters and notes
DTA4848Address and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI)
Address Content Explanations
4700H Process value (PV)
4701H Set point (SV)
4702H Upper-limit alarm 1 In the running mode , when ALA1 is 1 and
Upper-limit alarm is valid.
4703H Lower-limit alarm 1 In the running mode , when ALA1 is 1 and Lower
-limit alarm is valid.
4704H Upper-limit alarm 2 In the running mode , when ALA2 is 2 and
Upper-limit alarm is valid.
4705H Lower-limit alarm 2 In the running mode , when ALA2 is 2 and Lower
-limit alarm is valid.
4706H Upper-limit of temperature range
The data content should not be higher than the temperature
range. In the setting mode
4707H Lower-limit of temperature range
The data content should not be lower than the temperature
range. In the setting mode
- 73 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4708H PB Proportional band 1 to 9999, unit is 0.1. In the adjusting mode
4709H Ti Integral time 0~9999. In the adjusting mode
470AH Td Derivative time 0~9999. In the adjusting mode
470BH Heating/Cooling hysteresis 0~9999
4710H Input temperature sensor type In the setting mode
4711H Control method
0: PID (default), 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning. In the setting
mode
4712H Heating/Cooling control cycle 0 to 99 second, 0:0.5s, in the adjusting mode or
, when it is under the control of PID
4713H Proportional control offset error
value 0%~100%
4714H Temperature regulation value -99.9~99.9. in the adjusting mode
4715H Alarm 1 type
Please refer to the contents of the “Alarm Outputs” for detail.
In the setting mode
4716H Alarm 2 type
Please refer to the contents of the “Alarm Outputs” for detail.
In the setting mode
4717H
Temperature unit display
selection oC : 1 (default), oF : 0. in the setting mode
4718H Heating/Cooling control
Selection
Heating: 0 (default), Cooling: 1. in the setting mode
4719H Control Run/Stop setting Run: 1 (default), Stop: 0. in the running mode
471AH Communication write-in
selection
Communication write in disabled: 0 (default),
Communication write in enabled: 1.
In the setting mode
471BH Software Version V1.00 indicates 0 x 100
4729H AT Setting OFF: 0 (default), ON: 1. in the adjusting mode
4733H CT monitor value Unit is 0.1A. in the running mode
DTB9696VRAddress and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI)
- 74 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Address Content Explanation
1000H Process value (PV) Measuring unit is 0.1, updated one time in 0.4 second
1001H Set point (SV) Unit is 0.1,
o
C or
o
F
1002H Upper-limit of temperature range
The data content should not be higher than the
temperature range. In the setting mode
1003H Lower-limit of temperature range
The data content should not be lower than the
temperature range. In the setting mode
1004H Input temperature sensor type
Please refer to the contents of the “Temperature Sensor
Type and Temperature Range” for detail. In the setting
mode
1005H Control method
0: PID, 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning, 3: PID grogram
control. In the setting mode
1006H Heating/Cooling control selection
0: Heating, 1: Cooling, 2: Heating/Cooling, 3:
Cooling/Heating. In the setting mode
1007H 1st group of Heating/Cooling
control cycle
0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode or
1008H 2nd group of Heating/Cooling
control cycle
0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode
1009H PB Proportional band 0.1 ~ 999.9. in the adjusting mode
100AH Ti Integral time 0~9999. in the adjusting mode
100BH Td Derivative time 0~9999. in the adjusting mode
100CH Integration default 0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode
100DH Proportional control offset error
value, when Ti = 0 0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode
100EH The setting of COEF when Dual
Loop output control are used
0.01 ~ 99.99, unit is 0.01 (setting when it is under the
control of PID ) in the adjusting mode
100FH The setting of Dead band when
Dual Loop output control are used -999 ~ 9,999. in the adjusting mode
1010H
Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
output group 0~9999. in the adjusting mode or
1011H Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
output group
0~9999. (setting when Dual Loop output control are
- 75 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
used ) in the adjusting mode or
1012H Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
output group
Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual
tuning mode only. In the running mode
1013H Hysteresis setting value of the 2nd
output group
Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual
tuning mode only. In the running mode
1014H Upper-limit regulation of analog
linear output
1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear
Voltage Output) in the adjusting mode
1015H Lower-limit regulation of analog
linear output
1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear
Voltage Output) in the adjusting mode
1016H Temperature regulation value -99.9 ~ +99.9, unit: 0.1. in the adjusting mode
1017H Analog decimal setting 0~3. in the running mode
1018H Time for valve from full open to
full close
0.1~999.9. in the adjusting mode
1019H Dead Band setting of valve 0 ~ 100%; unit: 0.1%. in the adjusting mode
101AH Upper-limit of feedback signal set
by valve 0~1024. in the adjusting mode
101BH Lower-limit of feedback signal set
by valve 0~1024. in the adjusting mode
101CH PID parameter selection 0~4. in the adjusting mode
101DH SV value corresponded to PID
value
Only valid within available range, unit: 0.1 scale. in the
adjusting mode
1020H Alarm 1 type In the setting mode
1021H Alarm 2 type In the setting mode
1022H Alarm 3 type In the setting mode
1023H System alarm setting
0: None (default), 1~3: Set Alarm 1 to Alarm 3.
In the setting mode
1024H Upper-limit alarm 1 In the setting mode unit: 0.1
1025H Lower-limit alarm 1 In the setting mode
- 76 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1026H Upper-limit alarm 2 In the setting mode
1027H Lower-limit alarm 2 In the setting mode
1028H Upper-limit alarm 3 In the setting mode
1029H Lower-limit alarm 3 In the setting mode
102AH Read LED status b0 : Alm3, b1: Alm2, b2: F, b3: , b4: Alm1, b5:
OUT2, b6: OUT1, b7: AT
102BH
Read pushbutton status
b0: Set, b1: Select, b2: Up, b3: Down. 0 is to push
102CH Setting lock status
0: Normal, 1: All setting lock, 11: Lock others than SV
value. In the running mode
102DH CT read value Unit: 0.1A. In the running mode
102FH
software version
V1.00 indicates 0x100.
1030H Start pattern number 0 ~ 7. In the running mode (setting when it is
under the control of PID and the mode of )
1040H~
1047H
Actual step number setting inside
the correspond pattern
0 ~ 7 = N, indicate that this pattern is executed from step
0 to step N. in the setting mode
1050H~
1057H
Cycle number for repeating the
execution of the correspond pattern
0 ~ 99 indicate that this pattern has been executed for 1
~ 100 times. In the setting mode
1060H~
1067H
Link pattern number setting of the
correspond pattern
0 ~ 8, 8 indicates the program end. 0~7 indicates the
next execution pattern number after executing the
current pattern. In the setting mode
2000H~
203FH
Pattern 0~7 temperature set point
setting(Pattern 0 temperature is set
to2000H ~ 2007H) -999 ~ 9,999. in the setting mode ~
2080H~
20BFH
Pattern 0~7 execution time
setting(Pattern
0 time is set to
2080H~2087H)
Time 0 ~ 900 (1 minute per scale). in the setting mode
~
DTB9696VRAddress and Content of Bit Register (corresponds to 1X in the HMI)
0810H Communication write-in selection Communication write in disabled: 0 (default),
Communication write in enabled: 1.
In the setting mode
0811H Temperature unit display selection
o
C/linear input (default): 1 ,
o
F : 0. in the setting
- 77 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
mode
0812H Decimal point position selection
Except for the thermocouple B, S, R type, all the
other thermocouple type are valid. (0 or 1).
In the running mode
0813H AT setting
OFF: 0 (default), ON : 1.
In the adjusting mode
0814H Control RUN/STOP setting
0: STOP, 1: RUN (default).
In the running mode
0815H STOP setting for PID program control
0: RUN (default), 1: STOP.
In the running mode
0816H Temporarily STOP for PID program control
0: RUN (default), 1: Temporarily STOP.
In the running mode
0817H
Valve feedback setting status
0: w/o feedback (default), 1: feedback function.
0818H
Auto-tuning valve feedback status
0: Stop AT (default), 1: Start AT
3. Communication Parameters List
- Communication protocol: Modbus (ASCII); Available communication address: 1 to 255, 0 is
broadcast address
- Function code: 03H: read the contents of register (Max. 3 words).
06H: write 1 (one) word into register.
Cable Diagram
DVP RS485-2 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller
RS485 terminal
-
+
5 GND
com0/com1
1RX-
6RX+
5 GND
4.18 ENDA
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ENDA devices
ELC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
ENDA Controller/PLC Devices
- 78 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
ETC RS485-2 on the CPU unit
EUC RS485-2 on the CPU unit
EPC RS485-2 on the CPU unit
EDP RS485-2 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ENDA
devices
ELC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485
Setting Your owner cable
ETC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485
EUC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485
EPC RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485
EDP RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485
Communication Setting
ENDA Devices:Default communication:9600, 8, 1, none; station1
Supported Device
ENDA PLC Devices
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay
MB 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay (read only) IP 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Output Register ------ MW 0-65535 DDDDD
Input Register (read only) ------ IR 0-65535 DDDDD
ENDA Controller Devices
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Coils Coils 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Discrete input (read only)
DI 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Holding Registers
------
HR 0-65535
DDDDD
Input Register (read only) ------ IR 0-65535 DDDDD
- 79 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
1RX-
6RX+
5 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller
RS485 terminal
B
A
GND
4.19 Emerson NetWork Power
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Emerson EC10 Ec10-1006BRA RS232 on the CPU unit
Emerson EC10
Emerson EC20 Ec20-2012BRA
Ec20-3232BRA RS232 on the CPU unit Emerson EC20
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Emerson
EC10 EC10-1006BRA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on port1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Emerson
EC20
EC20-2012BRA
EC20-3232BRA
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on port1
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Emerson EC10 RS232 communication
Emerson EC20 RS232 communication
- 80 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Emerson EC10 RS485-2 communication
Emerson EC20 RS485-2 communication
NOTE: Communication with port1, you must set the system configuration in the programming software
first.
- 81 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Emerson EC10
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Input Relay X000-377 ------ OOO
Output Relay
Y000-377
------
OOO
Internal Relay
M0000-1999
------
DDDD
Special Relay SM000-255 ------ DDD
Step Relay S000-991
------
DDD
Timer Relay T000-255
------
DDD
Counter Relay C000-255
------
DDD
Data register
------
D0000-7999
DDDD
Special Register ------ SD000-255 DDD
Index Register
------
Z00-15
DD
Timer ------ T000-255 DDD
Counter ------ C000-199 DDD
Counter(double word) ------ C_Double200-255 DDD
Data register(double word) ------ D_Double0000-7999 DDDD
Special Register(double word)
------ SD_Double000-127 DDD
- 82 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Emerson EC20
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Input Relay X000-377 ------ OOO
Output Relay
Y000-377
------
OOO
Internal Relay
M0000-1999
------
DDDD
Special Relay SM000-255 ------ DDD
Step Relay S000-991
------
DDD
Timer T000-255
------
DDD
Counter C000-255
------
DDD
Data register ------ D0000-7999 DDDD
Special Register ------ SD000-255 DDD
Index Register ------ Z00-15 DD
Timer ------ T000-255 DDD
Counter ------ C000-199 DDD
Counter(double word) ------ C_Double200-255 DDD
Data register(double word)
------
D_Double0000-7999
DDDD
Special Register(double word)
------ SD_Double000-125 DDD
Cable Diagram
Emerson RS232 communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller port0
8 pin Mini Din (male)
5 TXD
4 RXD
3 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
TXD
RXD
GND
Controller
Port1 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
Emerson RS485-2 communication
Controller
Port1 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
RS485-
RS485+
GND
com0/com1
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
- 83 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.20 Epower
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Epower Epower CPU Direct EPower
Epower Slave
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Epower Epower CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
- 84 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
UPSSet
UPSSet1-6
------ DDDDD
UPSPanel
UPSPanel0-9
------ DDDDD
UPSData
------
UPSData0-70
DDDD
UPSDisp
------
UPSDisp0
DDDDD
UPSCommand
------
UPSCommand0-52
DDDDD
UPSText
------
UPSText0-1
DDDDD
Slave driver notes
1. Transmit the device value to LW, LB by timer; refer to the addr table for details.
2. UPSCommand must use with UPSSetmacro
3. UPSDisp must use with UPStexrUPSPanelmacro.
Epower HMI project notes
1. The project must have UPSData0 device, otherwise the data accuracy will be affected; Suggest to
put UPSData0 device in the public window.
2. LW.B indicates the bits of UPSData
Cable Diagram
COM0 connect to ups communication board
2 TXD
3 RXD
7 GND
Controller terminal
25 pin D-SUB (male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0
COM1 connect to King software or com debug tool
- 85 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PC terminal
9pin D-SUB female
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
2 RXD
3 TXD
5 GND
com1
4.21 Facon Corporation
Serial Communication
c CPU Link Module Driver
FBs
FBs-10MA/MC
FBs-14MA/MC
FBs-20MA/MC
FBs-24MA/MC
FBs-32MA/MC
FBs-40MA/MC
FBs-60MA/MC
FBs-20MN
FBs-32MN
FBs-44MN
RS232 on the CPU unit Port 0
Facon FB
Modbus RTU
FBS-CB25-3 Port 1
Port 2
FBe/FBn FBe-20MA
FBe-28MA
FBe-40MA
CPU unit Port 0
FBe-20MC
FBe-28MC
FBe-40MC
FBn-19MCT
FBn-26MCT
FBn-36MCT
CPU unit Port 0
Port 1
Port 2
FB-DTBR
FB-DTBR-E
Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FBs FBs-20MAT FBs-CBE-3 FATEK FB Ethernet(TCP)
Serial System configuration
Driver Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
- 86 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FACON
FB
FB MA
FB MC FBs-20MAT
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FBS-CB25-3 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Modbus
RTU
FB MA
FB MC FBs-20MAT FBS-CB25-3
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
FBs FBs-20MAT FBs-CBE-3 ETH Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
FACON FB RS232 communication
FBS-CB25-3 module RS485 communication
FBS-CB25-3 module communication
Modbus RTU RS232 communication
- 87 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus RTU RS485-2 communication
Note: The detailed communication configuration must be the same as the PLC’s port setting.
Network Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 88 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1 In ether cfg software, click [scan] to search the PLC information.
2 Click [Properties] to change the IP and ports.
- 89 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3 Click [ok] to save the settings.
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input
X0-9999
------
DDDD
Output
Y0-9999
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M0-9999
------
DDDD
Step Relay
S0-9999
------
DDDD
Timer Relay
T0-9999
------
DDDD
Counter Relay
C0-9999
------
DDDD
Data Register
------
R-L 0-3839
DDDD
Data Register
------
R-H 3840-9999
DDDD
Data Register
------
DR0-9999
DDDD
Timer
------
TMR0-9999
DDDD
Counter
------
CTR0-199
DDD
Double word Counter Register
------
DRC200-255
DDD
NoteR-L register corresponds to the “R” register of the PLC, the address range 0~3839;
R-H register corresponds to the “R” register of the PLC, the address range 3840~9999;
DR register corresponds to the “D” register of the PLC;
TMR register corresponds to the “T” register of the PLC;
CTR register corresponds to the “C” register of the PLC;
DRC register corresponds to the “C(32)” register of the PLCe.g.DRC200==C200
Cable Diagram
FB RS232 communication cable
Controller port0 terminal 4
pin Mini Din (male)
4 TXD
2 RXD
1 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
15 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
1 RXD
6 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
3 RTS
4 CTS
- 90 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FBS-CB25-3 module communication
RS232 communication cable
Controller port1 terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
2RXD 2TXD
3RXD
5SG
3TXD
5GND
7CTS
8RTS
7RTS
8CTS
com0/com1
RS485 communication cable
Controller port2
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
D-
D+
G
com0/com1
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.22 Fuji SPB
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SPB NW0P20T-31 RS485 interface on the CPU
Fuji SPB
NB NB2U24R-11 RS485 interface on the CPU
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Ethernet Type Parameter Cable
SPB
NW0P20T-31
RS485 interface on the CPU
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
NB NB2U24R-11 RS485 interface on the CPU RS485-4
Communication Setting
- 91 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTEWhen PLC is protected by password, protocol time out 2 is 65535, and the register is read only. If
you want to make the register writable, you must let the protocol time out 2 equal the PLC password.
Example: PLC password is 1234, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 1234.
PLC password is 0010, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 10.
Supported Device
SPB
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Data register
D 0~6FF.F
------ HHH.H
Special relay
M_special 0~1FF
------ HHH
Counter contact
C 0~FF
------ HH
Timer contact
T 0~1FF
------ HHH
Keep relay
L 0~FFF
------ HHH
Auxiliary relay
M 0~FFF
------ HHH
Output relay
Y 0~3FF
------ HHH
Input relay
X 0~3FF
------ HHH
Timer contact
------
TW 0~3FF
HHH
Counter contac
------
CW 0~FF
HH
Data register
------
DW 0~6FF
HHH
Special register
------
DW_special 0~1FF
HHH
Link register(0 slot)
------
W0 0~7FF
HH
Link register(1 slot)
------
W1 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(2 slot)
------
W2 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(3 slot)
------
W3 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(4 slot)
------
W4 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(5 slot)
------
W5 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(6 slot)
------
W6 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(7 slot)
------
W7 0~7FF
HHH
- 92 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NoteM_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI.
DW_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI.
NB
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Data register
D 0~3F.F
------ HHH.H
Special relay
M_special 0~1FF
------ HHH
Counter contact
C 0~1F
------ HH
Timer contact
T 0~1F
------ HHH
Keep relay
L 0~1FF
------ HHH
Auxiliary relay
M 0~3FF
------ HHH
Output relay
Y 0~3F
------ HHH
Input relay
X 0~3F
------ HHH Read only
Timer contact
------
TW 0~1F
HHH
Counter contact
------
CW 0~1F
HH
Data register
------
DW 0~3F
HHH
Special register
------
DW_special 0~1FF
HHH
Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
Ethernet RS422 port (male)
1 RX-
4 TX-
6 RX+
4 TXD-
6 RXD-
3 TXD+
9 TX+ 5 RXD+
com0/com1
4.23 GE Fanuc Automation Inc.
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
GE Fanuc Series
90-30
IC693CPU311
IC693CPU313
IC693CPU321
IC693CPU323
IC693CPU331
IC693CPU340
IC693CPU341
IC693CPU350
Serial Connector on Power
Supply
GE Fanuc Series
SNP
- 93 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
IC693CPU351
IC693CPU352
IC693CPU360
IC693CPU363
IC693CPU364
IC693CPU374
IC693CSE311
IC693CSE313
IC693CSE323
IC693CSE331
IC693CSE340
IC693CPU311
IC693CPU313
IC693CPU321
IC693CPU323
IC693CPU331
IC693CPU340
IC693CPU341
IC693CPU350
IC693CPU360
IC693CPU364
Connector on Power Supply
GE SNP-X
IC693CMM311
IC693CPU351
IC693CPU352
IC693CPU363
Connector on Power Supply
Port1 on CPU unit
Port2 on CPU unit
IC693CMM311
IC693CPU374 Port on Power Supply
IC693CMM311
VersaMax Series CPU001/002/005
CPUE05
RS232 on port1
RS485 on port2
VersaMax Micro &
Nano Series
IC200UAL004/005/006
IC200UDD110/120/212
IC200UDR005/006/010
IC200UAA007
IC200UAR028
RS232 on port1
RS485 on port2
PACSystems RX3i IC695CPE310
IC695CPE320
RS232 on port1
GE Fanuc Series
SNP RS485 on port2
Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Series 90-30 CPU311
CPU313
CPU323
CPU331
IC693CMM321 Modbus TCP
- 94 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CPU340
CPU341
CPU350
CPU351
CPU352
CPU360
CPU363
CSE311
CSE313
CSE323
CSE331
CSE340
CPU364
CPU374
Ethernet interface on CPU
Series 90-70 CPU731
CPU771
CPU772
CPU780
CPU781
CPU782
CPU788
CPU789
CPM790
CPM915
CPM925
CSE784
CSE924
CSE925
CPX772
CPX782
CPX928
CPX935
CGR772
CGR935
IC697CMM742 (Type2)
PACSystem
RX7i
CPE010
CPE020
CRE020
Ethernet interface on CPU
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM
Type Parameter Cable
GE Fanuc
Series 90-30 IC693CPU374
RS485 on the
CPU unit
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
IC693CMM311 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
- 95 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
VersaMax
Series
CPU001/002/005
CPUE05
RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
VersaMax
Micro & Nano
Series
IC200UAL004/005/006
IC200UDD110/120/212
IC200UDR005/006/010
IC200UAA007
IC200UAR028
RS232 on port1
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
PACSystems
RX3i
IC695CPE310
IC695CPE320
RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on port2 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
Series 90-30 CPU311
CPU313
CPU323
CPU331
CPU340
CPU341
CPU350
CPU351
CPU352
CPU360
CPU363
CSE311
CSE313
CSE323
CSE331
CSE340
IC693CMM321 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
CPU364
CPU374
Ethernet interface
on CPU
Series 90-70 CPU731
CPU771
CPU772
CPU780
CPU781
CPU782
CPU788
CPU789
CPM790
CPM915
CPM925
CSE784
CSE924
IC697CMM742
(Type2)
- 96 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CSE925
CPX772
CPX782
CPX928
CPX935
CGR772
CGR935
PACSystem
RX7i
CPE010
CPE020
CRE020
Ethernet interface
on CPU
Serial Communication Setting
GE Fanuc Series SNP RS232 Communication
GE Fanuc Series SNP RS422 Communication
GE SNP-X Protocol RS232 Communication
- 97 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
GE SNP-X Protocol RS422 Communication
NOTE: Set matching communication parameter in the Programming software.
PLC Setting
RX3i 设置:
- 98 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network Communication Setting
HMI
PLC:
- 99 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
System
SC01-32
------ DD
System
SB01-32
------ DD
System
SA01-32
------ DD
System
S01-32
------ DD
Temporary
T001-256
------ DDD
Internal
M0001-4096
------ DDDD
Genius Global
G0001-1280
------ DDDD
Output
Q0001-2048
------ DDDD
Input
I001-256
------ DDD
Analog Output
------
AQ001-512 DDD
Analog Input
------
AI0001-2048 DDDD
Register
------
R0001-9999 DDDD
Address correspondence between modbus
Cable Diagram
90-30/VersaMax/RXi RS232 communication
- 100 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Controller VersaMax terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
2 TX
3 RX
5 GND
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
com
0/com1
5 GND
com2
VersaMax Micro & Nano Series RS232 communication
5 TX
6 RX
1 GND
VersaMax Micro&Nano
RJ-45 terminal
(male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
com0/com1
5 GND
com2
CMM311 RS232 communication
CMM311 port1/port2 terminal
25 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
2 RXD
7 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
4 RTS
5 CTS
8 DCD
20 DTR
CMM311 RS422 communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 Rx-
9 Tx+
4Tx-
9 SDA
7 GND
21 SDB
5 GND
6 Rx+
25 RDB
13 RDA
11 CTSA
12 TER CTS
22 RTSB
23 CTSB
10 RTSA
CMM311 port2 terminal
25 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1
90-30/VersaMax RS422 communication
- 101 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 Rx-
9 Tx+
4Tx-
12 SDA-
7 GND
13 SDB+
5 GND
6 Rx+
11 RDB+
10 RDA-
8 RTSB
14 CTSB
6 RTSA
15 CTSA
9 RT
Controller terminal
15 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.24 HAIWELL
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
E/S HW-S16ZA220R RS232 on com1 Haiwell
RS485 on com2
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
E/S HW-S16ZA220R RS232 on com1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on com2 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Haiwell RS232 communication
- 102 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Haiwell RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Special memory Relay
SM0215
------- DDD
Counter Relay
C0127
------- DDD
Timer Relay
T0127
------- DDD
Internal Relay
M0–2047
------- DDDD
Switch Output
Y0–127
------- DDD
Switch Input
X0–127
------- DDD
System register
-------
SV0-139
DDD
Counter(Current Value)
-------
CCV-16 0-47&80-127
DDD
Counter(Current Value double word)
-------
CCV-32 48-79
DD
Timer(Current Value)
-------
TCV0-127
DDD
Internal Register
-------
V0-2047
DDDD
Analog Output
-------
AQ0-31
DD
- 103 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Analog Input
-------
AI0-31
DD
Cable Diagram
Haiwell RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
4 pin Mini Din (male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
4 RXD
3 TXD
2GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
Haiwell RS485 communication cable
Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
DATA-
DATA+
com0/com1
4.25 HanG
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
HanG DTS3338 RS485 on the CPU unit HanG
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
HanG DTS3338 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
- 104 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Password ------ APAS 0 H
Meter Number ------ ANUM C032 HHHH.H
Init Meter ------ ASTR 0 H
Register value ------ AMVD 9010 HHHH
NOTEUse text part to show meter number (ANUM). AMVD data type: signed integer
Cable Diagram
Controller
RS485 terminal
10 B
10 A
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
com0/com1
4.26 Hitachi Inverter
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Hitachi Inverter SJ300 RS485-2
Hitachi SJ300
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable
Hitachi Inverter SJ300 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
- 105 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Setting
HMI default communication parameter: 4800, 7, none, 1; station: 1
Inverter internal setting
Code
Name
description
A001 Frequency set
00(VR)/01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485)/04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2)
A002
Run set
01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485) /04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2)
C71
Baudrate
02(close loop detect)/ 03(2400bps)/ 04(4800bps)/ 05(9600bps)/ 06(19200bps)
C72 Station set 1~32
C73 Data bit 7(7 bit)/8(8 bit)
C74 Parity 00(none)/01(even)/02(odd)
C75 Stop bit 1(bit)/2(bit)
NOTEA001, A002 must be set 03RS485in order to communication with HMI.
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
------
P Extend Func 0~50
DD
------
H Extend Func 0~512
DDD
------
F Func Date 0~65535
DDDDD
------
C Func Date 0~65535
DDDD
------
B Func Date 0~999
DDD
------
A Func Date 0~999
DDD
FWD/REW/STOP
(00)FWD/REW/STOP 0
D Write only
FREQ SET ------
(01)FREQ SET 0
D Write only
TerminalPoint State
(02)TerminalPoint State 0~7
D Write only
Surveillance Data ------
(03)Surveillance Data 0~12
DD Read only
Transducer State
(04)Transducer State 0~3
D Read only
Trip Record ------
(05)Trip Record 0~54
DD Read only
Revert ------
(08)Revert 0
D Write only
- 106 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Recount Motor Con ------
(0B)Recount Motor Cons 0
D Write only
Store EEPROM ------
Store EEPROM 0
D
NOTE(02)Terminal Point State 0~7 use text part
Cable Diagram
RS485-2 communication cable
Controller
RS485 terminal
SN
SP
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
com0/com1
4.27 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
H
H-20
H-28
H-40
H-64
H-200(CPU-02H)
H-250(CPU21-02H)
H-252B(CPU22-02HB)
H-252C(CPU22-02HC)
H-300(CPU-03Ha)
H-302(CPU2-03H)
H-700(CPU-07Ha)
H-702(CPU2-07H)
H-2000(CPU-20Ha)
H-2002(CPU2-20H)
H-4010(CPU3-40H)
H-1002(CPU2-10H)
port on CPU
Hitachi
H-300(CPU-03Ha)
H-302(CPU2-03H)
H-700(CPU-07Ha)
H-702(CPU2-07H)
H-2000(CPU-20Ha)
H-2002(CPU2-20H)
H-4010(CPU3-40H)
COMM-H
COMM-2H
- 107 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
H-1002(CPU2-10H) COMM-2H
EH-150
EH-150(EH-CPU104)
EH-150(EH-CPU104A)
EH-150(EH-CPU208)
EH-150(EH-CPU208A)
EH-150(EH-CPU308)
EH-150(EH-CPU308A)
EH-150(EH-CPU316)
EH-150(EH-CPU316A)
EH-150(EH-CPU448)
EH-150(EH-CPU448A)
EH-150(EH-CPU516)
EH-150(EH-CPU548)
Serial port 1 on CPU
Serial port 2 on CPU
EH-150(EH-CPU516)
EH-150(EH-CPU548)
Port 1 on EH-SIO
Port 2 on EH-SIO
MICRO-EH
MICRO-EH(EH-D10)
MICRO-EH(EH-A14)
MICRO-EH(EH-D14)
MICRO-EH(EH-A23)
MICRO-EH(EH-D23)
MICRO-EH(EH-A28)
MICRO-EH(EH-D28)
Port 1 on CPU
MICRO-EH(EH-A23)
MICRO-EH(EH-D23)
MICRO-EH(EH-A28)
MICRO-EH(EH-D28)
Port 2 on CPU
MICRO-EH(EH-A64)
MICRO-EH(EH-D64)
MICRO-EH(EH-A40)
MICRO-EH(EH-D40)
MICRO-EH(EH-A20)
MICRO-EH(EH-D20)
Port on CPU
EH-OB232
EH-OB485
Ethernet Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
S10V LQP510-Z LQP520-Z HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
EHV EHV-CPU32 Ethernet interface on CPU HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM
Type
Parameter Cable
H H-20
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232
- 108 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
EH-150 EH-150(EH-CPU104) Serial port 1 on CPU
Serial port 2 on CPU
MICRO-EH EH-A23DR Port 1 on CPU
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Port 2 on CPU
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Ethernet System Communication
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
S10V LQP510-Z LQP520-Z Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
EHV EHV-CPU32 Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
Ethernet Communication Setting
HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
HMI Setting
- 109 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
HMI Setting
Supported Device
Hitachi EH-A23DR
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input
X 00.000-5A.095
------ HHH.DDD Read Only
External Output
Y 00.000-5A.095
------ HHH.DDD
Remote Input
X 100.000-9FF.095
------ HHH.DDD Read Only
Remote Output
Y 100.000-9FF.095
------ HHH.DDD
- 110 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Internal Output
R 0000-FFFF
------ HHHH
Data Area
M 0000-FFFF
------ HHHH
First CPU Link
L 00000-03FFF
------ HHHHH
Second CPU Link
L 10000-FFFFF
------ HHHHH
On Delay Timer
TD 00000-65535
------ DDDDD
External Input
------ WX 000.00-05A.09 HHH.DD Read Only
External Output
------ WY 000.00-05A.09 HHH.DD
Remote Input
------ WX 100.00-9FF.09 HHH.DD Read Only
Remote Output
------ WY 100.00-9FF.09 HHH.DD
Word Internal Output
------ WR 0000-C3FF HHHH
Special Word Output
------ WRF 000-FFFF HHHH
Data Area
------ WM 0000- FFFF HHHH
First CPU Link
------ WL 0000-03FF HHHH
Second CPU Link
------ WL 1000-FFFF HHHH
Timer Counter
------
TC 00000-65535 DDDDD
NoteX0.015 in the HMI match x15 in the PLC,Y1.000 in the HMI match Y100,WX0.09 in the HMI
match WX9 in the Plicate effective address is deleted radix point and the first zero behind radix point.
The list of address correspondence
Bit Address
Word Address
PLC address
Notes
X 00.000-00.047 X 0000-0047
Y 01.000-01.031 Y 0100-0131
WX 000.00-000.03 WX 0000-0003
WY 001.00-Y001.01 WY 0010-0011
Note: The range of X, Y, WX, WY is according to the I/O assign. Make sure the I/O address before using
the register.
Note:
1. Communication setting
EH series, only port1 supports procedure 2.Switch DIP and change special Internal Input (WR) value to
select procedure.
EH150 seriesonly EHCPU***A/448/516/548 support procedure 2.
EH PLC connect with PC only by procedure 1.
2. CPU related actions
EH150
DIP 5 must be set on.
If DIP 5 is on, which procedure (1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR F037.The highest bit of
WR F037 must be on, so that the other bits can be written in. The data keep on, when turn on the power
again.
o By entering 0x8000, turn on the power again and value of the address is 0x0000.After settings,
communication with procedure 1.
o By entering 0xC000, turn on the power again and value of the address is 0x4000.After settings,
communication with procedure 2.
- 111 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
 The transmission speed of port 1 will be set with DIP 3, 4 switches
o 3 on, 4 off is 19200 bps
 The transmission speed of port 2 will be set with DIP 6, PHL switches.
o 6 off, PHL on is 19200 bps
MicroEH
 The transmission speed will be set with DIP switches
o SW1 on is 19200 bps
 Which procedure(1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR F01A.Different with EH150, The
highest bit of WR F01A is optional, The data will reset when turn on the power again. If the value of R
7F6 is set on, the data of WR F01A will be stored in Flash memory.
o 0x0000 for procedure 1.
o 0x8000 for procedure 2.
Note: if procedure 2 is set and written in Flash memory, external device (only supports procedure 1) or
ladder editor will not connect with it.
S10V
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
S S 0-BFF ------ HHH
Z
Z 0-3FF
------
HHH
E
E 0-FFF
------
HHH
V V 0-FFF ------ HHH
P P 0-7F ------ HH
N N 0-FF ------ HH
CCC CCC 0-FF ------ HH
CR CR 0-FF ------ HH
CD CD 0-FF ------ HH
CU CU 0-FF ------ HH
UUU UUU 0-FF ------ HH
UU UU 0-FF ------ HH
TTT TTT 0-1FF ------ HHH
TT TT 0-1FF ------ HHH
K K 0-FFF ------ HHH
M M 0-FFF ------ HHH
R R 0-FFF ------ HHH
G G 0-FFF ------ HHH
Q Q 0-FFF ------ HHH
Y Y 0-FFF ------ HHH
J J 0-FFF ------ HHH
X X 0-FFF ------ HHH
OW ------ OW 0-FFF HHH
IW ------ IW 0-FFF HHH
- 112 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
DW ------ DW 0-FFF HHH
FW ------ FW 0-BFF HHH
SW ------ SW 0-BF HH
ZW ------ ZW 0-3F HH
EW ------ EW 0-FF HH
VW ------ VW 0-FF HH
PW ------ PW 0-8 H
NW ------ NW 0-F H
CW ------ CW 0-F H
UW ------ UW 0-F H
TW ------ TW 0-1F HH
KW ------ KW 0-FF HH
MW ------ MW 0-FF HH
RW
------
RW 0-FF
HH
GW
------
GW 0-FF
HH
QW
------
QW 0-FF
HH
YW ------ YW 0-FF HH
JW ------ JW 0-FF HH
XW ------ XW 0-FF HH
CC ------ CC 0-FF HH
CS ------ CS 0-FF HH
UC ------ UC 0-FF HH
US
------
US 0-FF
HH
TC
------
TC 1FF
HHH
TS
------
TS 0-1FF
HHH
HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Timer T 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Internal output(shared Bit/Word)
M 0-FFFFF
------
HHHHH
Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7) L 0-73FFF ------ HHHHH
Internal output R 0-FFFF ------ HHHH
External output Y 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
External input X 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Timer progress value ------ TC 0-65535 DDDDD
Internal output ------ WM 0-FFFF HHHH
Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7) ------ WL 0-FFFF HHHH
Internal output
------
WR 0-FFFF
HHHH
External output ------ WY 0-65535 DDDDD
External input WX 0-65535 DDDDD
Cable Diagram
- 113 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Hitachi EH-A23DR RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
Controller
RJ-45 terminal
1 SG
5 SD
6 RD
7 DSR
2 VCC
Hitachi EH-A23DR RS422 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male
1 RXD-
6 RXD+
4 TXD-
12 SDN
13 SDP
7 RDP
9 TXD+
5 GND 11 SG
9 RT
10 RDN
Controller terminal
15 pin D-SUB male
Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.28 Hollysys Corporation
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Hollysys LM LM3109 Serial port0 on CPU 485
Serial port1 on CPU 232
Hollysys LM Modbus
RTU
LM3107 RS232 on CPU
Hollysys LK RS232 on CPU
Hollysys LK Modbus
RTU
Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Hollysys LK LK210 Ethernet interface on CPU Hollysys LK Modbus TCP Slave
*1
*1 Support dual redundancy
Serial System Configuration
- 114 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Hollysys
LM
LM3109 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
LM3107 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Ethernet System Configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Hollysys
LK LK210 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters:384008none1station51
RS232
RS485-2
Ethernet Communication Setting
- 115 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
NoteIn the dual redundancy system, just set one of IP addresses in Network Device Setting
PLC Setting
Must set the PLC station in PLC program software.
Supported Device
LM
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-2.7 ------ D.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-1.7 ------ D.O
Internal memory Relay M100.0-7816.7 ------ DDDD.O M0-99 are occupied
by system diagnosis.
Analog inputs ------ IW0 D
address must be an
even number;
IW,QW address
range to 30 by
adding a module
Analog outputs ------ QW0 D
Internal register ------ MW0-8190 DDDD
Internal register(double word) ------ MD0-8188 DDDD
Note: I,IW register read only
LK
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Outputs Relay
0X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
Inputs Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Analog inputs ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 4X 1-65335 DDDDD
Data Register(DWord) ------ 5X 1-65535 DDDDD
- 116 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
Hollysys LM RS232 communication cable
Controller port1 terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
Hollysys LM RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller port0
RS485 terminal
1 RX- 8
3
6 RX+
5 GND
5 GND
com0/com1
Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.29 HuaDA HD-JZ06
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
HD HD-JZ06 RS232 on the CPU unit HuaDA HD-JZ06\ HuaDA
HD SLAVE
RS485 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
HD HD-JZ06 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS232 communication
- 117 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
HMI Internal Relay
LB 0-4095
------ DDDD
HMI Internal register ------ LW 0-4094 DDDD
MCU Register ------ VB 0-4095 DDDD
MCU Register ------ VW 0-4094 DDDD
Cable Diagram
RS232 Port
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
- 118 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 Port
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
com0/com1 Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
7 B-
6 A+
5 GND
4.30 IDEC Corporation
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MICRO SMART
FC4A-C10R2
FC5A-C24R2
FT1A-H48SA
RS232 on the CPU unit IDEC MicroSmart
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
MICRO
SMART
FC4A-C10R2
FC5A-C24R2
FT1A-H48SA
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
- 119 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal Relay
M0.0-127.7
------
DDD.O
Output
Q0.0-30.7
------
DD.O
Input
I0.0-30.7
------
DD.O
Data Register
------
D0-8199
DDDD
Counter(Current Value)
------
C_CV0-99
DD
Counter(Preset Value)
------
C_SV0-99
DD
Timer(Current Value)
------
T_CV0-99
DD
Timer( Preset Value)
T_SV0-99
DD
Note: M address: 121 in the plc correspond to 12.1 in the EV5000.
Q\I address: 1277 in the plc corresponds to 127.7 in the EV5000.
Cable Diagram
Idec RS232 communication cable
FC4A
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
1 RX-
6 RX+
8
3 TXD
2 RXD
4 TX-
5 GND
2
1
4 RXD
3 TXD
5
6 GND
7
FC5A
- 120 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
4 RXD
3 TXD
7 GND
RS485
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
B
A
SG
4.31 Inovance Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
H2U H2U-3624MR CPU direct
Inovance H2u
dont support multi station
COM1
CPU direct
Modbus RTU*1
COM1
NOTE: *1 Support multi-station
System configuration
Series
CPU
Driver
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
H2U
3624M
R
Inovance
H2u
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the com1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus
RTU RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the com1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Inovance H2u protocol
HMI Setting
HMI monitor protocol communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0
RS232
- 121 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS422
RS485
PLC Setting
- 122 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
You should put off JP0, if communication on the COM0, RS485.
You should set D8126=01h, if communication on the COM1, RS485.
Modbus RTU protocol
HMI Setting
RS485 communication parameter: PLC COM0 port is controlled by D8110; COM1 port is controlled by
D8120.
PLC setting
COM0 setting: D8116=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8111=1, station: 1; D8110=81h,
communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1.
COM1 setting: D8126=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8121=1, station: 1; D8120=81h,
communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1.
Supported Device
- 123 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay
X 000-177 ------ OOO
Output Relay
Y 000-177 ------ OOO
Auxiliary Relay
M 0000-1535 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay
T_bit 000-255 ------ DDD
Counter Relay
C_bit 000-255 ------ DDD
Data Register Relay
SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD
Status Relay
S 000-999 ------ DDD
Timer
------ T 000-255 DDD
Counter
------ C 000-199 DDD
Data register
------ D 0000-7999 DDDD
Special Data Register
------ SD 8000-8255 DDDD
Counter Memory
DWord
------ C_dword 200-255 DDD
Cable Diagram
COM0 port communication cable
RS232
Please uses the programming cable: SC-09
RS422
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
4Tx-
7Tx+
3GND
1Rx-
2Rx+
4 TX-
9 TX+
Controller COM0 terminal
8pin Mini DIN(male)
RS485
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
4Tx-
7Tx+
3GND
Controller COM0 terminal
8pin Mini DIN(male)
NOTE: Put off JP0 by RS485.
COM1 port communication cable
- 124 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com0/com1 Controller COM1
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
485-
485+
GND
4.32 Invt
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
INVT IVC1 RS232 on the CPU unit Invt IVC1
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
INVT IVC1 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1
RS485-2 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1
- 125 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. The PLC has two ports: port0 and port1, port1 support RS232 and RS485
2. Port0 configuration as follow:
Port1 configuration as follow:
- 126 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
C_bit C_bit 0-255 ------ DDD
T_bit
T_bit 0- 255
------
DDD
S
S 0-1023
------
DDDD
SM SM 0-255 ------ DDD
M M 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Y Y 0-177 ------ OOO
X X 0-177 ------ OOO
SD_double ------ SD_double 0-127 DDD
D_double ------ D_double 0-7999 DDD
C_double ------ C_double 200-255 DDD
C_word ------ C_word 0-199 DDD
T_word ------ T_word 0-255 DDD
Z ------ Z 0-15 DD
SD
------
SD 0-255
DDD
D ------ D 0-7999 DDDD
Cable Diagram
- 127 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller port0
8 pin Mini Din (male)
5 TXD
4 RXD
3 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
TXD
RXD
GND
Controller port1
RS485-2 communication cable
com0/com1 Controller port1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
RS485-
RS485+
GND
4.33 KDN Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
KDN-K3 KDN-K304-14AR RS232 on the CPU unit KDN-K3
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
KDN-K3 K304-14AR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Supported Device
KDN-K3
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-7.7 ------ D.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q0.0-7.7
------
D.O
Internal memory Relay M0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O
- 128 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Analog inputs ------ AIW0-30 DD
Analog outputs ------ AQW0-30 DD
Internal register ------ VW0-4094 DDDD
Internal register(double word) ------ VD0-4092 DDDD
NOTE:
1 AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number.
2 AIW and I device read only.
3 The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating).
Communication Setting
KDN-K3 RS232 communication
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
RS485 communication cable
Controller
RS485 terminal
B
A
1RX-
6RX+
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
- 129 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.34 Kinco Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Kinco
K304-14AT
K304-14AR
K304-14AX
K304EX-14AR
K306-24DT
K306-24DR
K306-24AT
K306-24AR
K306EX-24AT
K306EX-24AR
K308-40AR
K308-40AT
K308-40AX
RS232 on the CPU unit
Kinco PLC Series
RS485 on the CPU port
K504-14AT
K504-14AR
K504EX-14AT
K504EX-14AR
K506-24AT
K506-24AR
K506-24DT
K506-24DR
K506EA-30AT
K508-40AT
K508-40AX
K508-40AR
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS485 on the CPU port
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Kinco K304-14AT
K304-14AR
K304-14AX
K304EX-14AR
K306-24DT
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
- 130 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
K306-24DR
K306-24AT
K306-24AR
K306EX-24AT
K306EX-24AR
K308-40AR
K308-40AT
K308-40AX
RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
K504-14AT
K504-14AR
K504EX-14AT
K504EX-14AR
K506-24AT
K506-24AR
K506-24DT
K506-24DR
K506EA-30AT
K508-40AT
K508-40AX
K508-40AR
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS232 communication
RS485 communication
- 131 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-31.7 ------ D.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q0.0-31.7
------
D.O
Internal memory Relay M0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O
Analog inputs ------ AIW0-62 DD
Analog outputs ------ AQW0-62 DD
Internal register ------ VW0-4094 DDDD
Internal register(double word) ------ VD0-4092 DDDD
ERR --------
ERR 0~127*1
ERR 128~255*2
ERR 256~383*3
ERR 384~511
*4
DDDDD
NOTE:
1) AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number.
2) AIW and I device read only.
3) The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating).
*1 ERR0~127 indicate the recent 128 common errors. ERR0 is the latest error, ERR1 is the later
error, and so on.
*2 ERR128~255 indicate the recent 128 serious errors. ERR128 is the latest error, ERR129 is the
later error, and so on.
*3 ERR256~383 indicate the last 128 common errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR256 is
the last error, ERR257 is the previous error, and so on.
*4 ERR384~511 indicate the last 128 serious errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR 384 is the
last error, ERR385 is the previous error, and so on.
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
- 132 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
CPU304/CPU304EX/CPU306
RS485 communication cable
Controller RS485
9pin D-SUB terminal
1RX-
6RX+
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
8B
7A
Port 0
CPU306EX /308/504
RS485 communication cable
Controller
RS485 terminal
B
A
1RX-
6RX+
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Port 1
CPU506EA
RS485 communication cable
Controller RS485
9pin D-SUB terminal
3B
2A
1RX-
6RX+
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Port1
8B
7A
Port2
4.35 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge)
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
FieldBus Bridge EB-MOD2P-01 RS232 on the CPU unit
Kinco EB-MOD2P-01
Modbus RTU
RS485 on the CPU unit
- 133 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS422 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
FieldBus
Bridge EB-MOD2P-01
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
EB-MOD2P-01 RS232 communication
NOTE: Communication parameter must the same as the controller panel.
EB-MOD2P-01 RS485-4 communication
EB-MOD2P-01 RS485-2 communication
- 134 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
EB-MOD2P-01
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Internal/External Output bit 0X1-60 ------ DDDDD
Internal/External Input bit
1X1-60
------
DDDDD
Data Register bit
3X_bit1-60
------
DDDDD
Data Register bit 4X_bit1-60 ------ DDDDD
Simulate Input Register bit ------ 3X1-60 DDDDD
Data Register
------
4X1-60
DDDDD
Data Register ------ 5X1-60 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 6X1-60 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-60 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-60 DDDDD
NOTEThe correspondence between the device of EV5000 and the s7-300 software, as follows:
4X-DINV------------PID
e.g.4X-DINV1------------PID256 4X-DINV3------------PID260
3X-DINV------------PQD
e.g.3X-DINV1------------PQD256 3X-DINV3------------PQD260
4X -------------------PIW
e.g.4X1 --------------------PIW256 4X2--------------------PIW258
3X--------------------PQW
e.g.3X1---------------------PQW256 3X2---------------------PQW258
0X--------------------I
e.g.0X1--------------------I0.0 0X9--------------------I1.0
1X--------------------Q
e.g.1X1--------------------Q0.0 1X9--------------------Q1.0
4X_BIT -------------------PIWbinary
e.g.4X_BIT1.0~~1.15-------------------PIW256binary
3X_BIT--------------------PQWbinary
- 135 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
e.g. 3X_BIT1.0~~1.15--------------------PQW256binary
PLC software setting
Setup the GSD in the S7-300 software
Procedure
1.Close all stations in “HW Config”.
2.And select “option”-->”setup GSD”.
3. In the “installation *.GSD file” dialog box, select Source: folders contain *. GSD file, or the
STEP 7 project contain *. GSD file
4.Select one or more files from *.GSD file list, and then click on "install" button.
Copy the icon (. BMP file) to the relevant path, such as BRIDGE productBitmap_Device =
"EVIEW", that copy the "EVIEW" BMP file to the relevant path: c:\siemens\step7\s7data\nsbmp or
c:\siemens\cpbv51\bitmaps
After installation, you can find the appropriate symbol in "PROFIBUS DP\GATWAY".
Project configuration
1Use the guide to set up projects in the s7-300 software.
2Double click “DP” of "HW Config"->attribute->new
3After press “ok”, and then give a connection as follows
- 136 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: the address of DP can’t be the same as MPI’s. Double click the address number to change.
4Double click “GATEWAY"->"eview"->"B_MO1"to extend device.
NOTE: for project configuration of BRIDGE, you must configure DI/D0 resource of 12 bytes firstly.
AI/AO is optional.
5Must Use OB82,OB86,OB100,OB121,OB122 in the ladder program of the external device, otherwise
you need to manually operate the RUN switch of the external device as “RUN,STOP,RUN” in this order
upon restart the display or PLC. When you use those special OB block, the communication will be
automatically recovered even if you restart the display or PLC.
6Save and compile, and download to module, then the light of profibus is on.
7After configuration, and then you can program.
Bus Bridge setting:
- 137 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1 Setting ID of Profibus by switching 8-bit Dip(DIP1 is lowest bit, DIP8 is highest bit),range is from 3
to 125;
ID must be the same as its configuration in Siemens software. As above picture for example, setting is “3”,
that the switch DIP1 and DIP2 on the panel of profibus are set ON, others are OFF.
2Profibus support baudrate as follows: 9.6Kbit/s, 19.2Kbit/s, 45.45Kbit/s, 93.75Kbit/s, 187.5Kbit/s,
0.5Mbit/s, 1.5Mbit/s, 3Mbit/s, 6Mbit/, 12Mbit/sand interface is automatically adaptive.
3A cable (purple),connect DP interface of s7-300 and bus bridge of profibus. Two sides have active
terminal resistors; Switch on the s7-300 PLC is off, on the busbridge is on.
4Setting baudrate of modbus by switching DIP1-3 of modbus ID port, support 8 kinds of
baudrate .Setting as follows:
1 2 3 Baud
OFF OFF OFF 1200
ON OFF OFF 2400
OFF ON OFF 4800
ON ON OFF 9600
OFF
OFF
ON
19200
ON
OFF
ON
38400
OFF ON ON 57600
ON
ON
ON
115200
5Setting station number of modbus by switching DIP4-8 of modbus ID port ,support 1 to 30 kinds of
station number(DIP4 is lowest bit,DIP8 is highest bit, if DIP4 is on and DIP5~8 is off, it means station
number is 00001,that is No. 1 station).
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller Modbus port terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
RS485-4 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller Modbus port terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
6 TD-
8 RD-
5 GND
1 TD+
9 RD+
1 RD-
4 TD-
5 GND
6 RD+
9 RD+
com0/com1
- 138 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-2 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller Modbus terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
6 TD-
8 RD-
5 GND
1 TD+
9 RD+
com0/com1
1 RD-
4 TD-
5 GND
6 RD+
9 RD+
4.36 Kinco Servo Series
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
ED
ED100
ED430
ED620
ED630
RS232 on the CPU unit
Kinco Servo Series
RS485 on port
CD
CD420
CD430
CD620
RS232 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
ED
ED100
ED430
ED620
ED630
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on port RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
CD
CD420
CD430
CD620
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; staion: 1
RS232 communication
- 139 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: If the servo controller to modify the station number, the servo power needed to restart, the station
number to take effect, otherwise the communication is incorrect.
RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Range
Notes
word
————
20
Refer to the kinco manual
word
————
10
Refer to the kinco manual
word
————
8
Refer to the kinco manual
NOTE: Use the touch screen, pay attention to the rules addressing. The specific reference to the following
description.
Touch-screen type of address: according to the number of bits to the servo. Can only be 20, 10, 8.
Address of the touch screen: master address, and sub address
For example, kinco servo drive manual on page 117, the address 2509, sub-address 06, median 20,
addressing the touch screen as shown:
- 140 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
ED Series
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
3 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
8Tx-
5 GND
2Rx+
7Rx-
3Tx+
com0/com1
1 RX-
5 GND
6 RX+
CD Series
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
5 TXD
1 RXD
6 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
- 141 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.37 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection)
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Kinco Master Kinco Master
Kinco Slave Kinco Slave
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Kinco Master Setting Your owner cable
Kinco Slave Setting Your owner cable
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
B0 - 8999
------
DDDD
------
W0 - 8999
DDDD
Communication Setting
Kinco Master
Kinco Slave
- 142 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB female
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
4.38 Keyence Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
KV-16DT
KV-16DT
CPU Direct
Keyence KV-16DT
KV-1000 KV-1000 CPU Direct
Keyence KV-1000
KV-3000 KV-3000 CPU Direct
Keyence KV-3000
KV-Nano Series KV-N60AT CPU Direct Keyence KV-N60AT
Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KV-5000 KV-5000 CPU Direct
Keyence KV-5000 EtherNet Slave
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
KV-16DT KV-16DT CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable
KV-1000
KV-1000
CPU Direct
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
KV-3000
KV-3000
CPU Direct
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
KV-Nano Series KV-N60AT CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable
- 143 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
KV-5000 KV-5000 CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
Keyence KV-16DT protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0
Keyence KV-1000 protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0
Keyence KV-3000 protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0(Don’t support station No.)
- 144 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Keyence KV-N60AT protocol
Default communication parameters 9600bps, 8even 1,station NO0
RS232
PLC setting
1. In the [Confirm unit setting information] dialog box click [Yes], and the [Unit
Editor] window will display. On the [Select unit] tab, from the displayed list of
units select KV-N60”, then drag &drop to the unit placement area. Configure
the setup items as follows.
Operation Mode: KV STUDIO mode; Baud Rate: 9600 bps.
Note: 1. Timer and counter register must be programmed in the KV STUDIO software before it be used in
the HMI.
2. If the communication is slower, you can change the baud rate and the Protocol time out 1(ms)
Network Communication Setting
- 145 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Keyence KV-5000 EtherNet Slave protocol
HMI Setting
PLC configuration
1. "Editor" window, click [Configure unit] in the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" to modify the IP address of
the PLC, PLC and PC in the same segment, modify the IP address of the test shown, click [confirm] to save
the modifications
2. Switch to the "Monitor" window to see the changes of the figure will pop up window, Click [PLC
transfer -> Monitor mode (T)], pop-up "transmission program [communication goals: KV-5000 path:
USB]", Click [implementation], content writing, once again view the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" in the PLC's
IP address in the "Monitor" window [unit configuration], This indicates that the address has been modified
over.
Supported Device
KV-16DT
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Counter Relay Counter_contact0- 59915 ------ DDDDD
Timer Relay
Timer_contact0- 65535
------ DDDDD
High speed counter
CTH_contact0- 511
------
DDD
High speed counter Comparator
CTC_contact0- 511
------
DDD
Relay
Relay0- 32766
------
DDDDD
Counter current
------
Counter_current0- 3915
DDDD
Counter preset
------
Counter_preset0- 65535
DDDDD
Timer current
------
Timer_current0- 65534
DDDDD
Timer preset
------
Timer_preset0- 11998
DDDDD
- 146 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
High speed counter
------
CTH_current0- 65534
DDDDD
High speed counter ------ CTH_preset0- 32766 DDDDD
High speed counter Comparator
------
CTC_current0-65534
DDDDD
High speed counter Comparator
------
CTC_preset0- 32766
DDDDD
Data memory
------
DM0- 32766
DDDDD
Temporary data memory
------
TM0- 32766
DDDDD
Note: Non-supported batch transfer of bits or words for this protocol.
KV-1000
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay
R0-59915
------ DDDDD
Control Relay
CR0-3915
------ DDDD
Internal auxiliary relay
MR0-65535
------ DDDDD
Latch Relay
LR0-65535
------ DDDDD
Data Memory
------
DM0-65534
DDDDD
Control Memory
------
CM0-11998
DDDDD
Temporary data memory
------
TM0-511
DDD
Extended Data memory
------
EM0-65534
DDDDD
Extended Data memory
------
FM0-32766
DDDDD
KV-3000
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay
R0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD
Control Relay
CR0-39.15 ------ DD.DD
Internal auxiliary relay
MR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD
Latch Relay
LR0-999.15 ------ DDD.DD
Data Memory
------ DM0-65534 DDDDD
Control Memory
------ CM0-5999 DDDD
Temporary data memory
------ TM0-511 DDD
Extended Data memory
------ EM0-65534 DDDDD
Extended Data memory
------ FM0-32767 DDDDD
Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses
corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen.
- 147 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Example, PLC which corresponds to R009, the touch screen address is R0.09; PLC which corresponds to
R015, the touch screen address is R0.15.
KV-5000
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay
R0-3744.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Control Relay
CR0-244.15
------ DDD.DD
Internal auxiliary relay
MR0-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Latch Relay
LR0-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Data Memory
------ DM0-65534 DDDDD
Control Memory
------ CM0-11998 DDDDD
Temporary data memory
------ TM0-511 DDD
Extended Data memory
------ EM0-65534 DDDDD
Extended Data memory
------ FM0-32767 DDDDD
Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses
corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen.
KV-N60AT
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Relay
R0-599.15
------
DDD.DD
Control Relay CR0-89.15 ------ DD.DD
- 148 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Internal auxiliary relay MR0-599.15 ------ DDD.DD
Latch Relay LR0-199.15 ------ DDD.DD
Link Relay B0-1FFF ------ HHHH
Work Relay
VB0-1FFF
------- HHHH
Counter ------ C0-255 DDD
Timer ------ T0-511 DDD
Data Memory
------
DM0-32767
DDDDD
Control Memory ------ CM0-8999 DDDD
Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD
Link register ------ W0-3FFF HHHH
Working memory ------ VW0-9999 DDDDD
Cable Diagram
KV Series RS232 communication cable
com0/com1 Controller terminal
RJ-12(male)
3 TXD 4 RD
2 SD
3 SG
2 RXD
5 GND 6
5
6
8
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.39 Koyo Corporation
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KOYO
DIRECT
SM24-T RS232 on the CPU unit
Koyo Direct
DL06
DL105
DL230
DL240
DL250
DL350
DL450
RS232 on the port1
RS232\RS422 on the port2
System configuration
- 149 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
KOYO
DIRECT
SM24-T RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
DL05
DL06
DL105
DL230
DL240
DL250
DL350
DL450
RS232 on the port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS232 on the port2
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input I(X)0-477 ------ OOO
Output
Q(Y)0-477
------
OOO
variable
M(C)0-377
------
OOO
Timer Status T(T)0-177 ------ OOO
Counter Status C(CT)0-177 ------ OOO
Data Register ------ R(V)0-7777 OOOO
PLC software setting
1. The security password function must be disabled.
2. The COM port must adopt K sequence protocol.
3. Set the switch of the CPU with working mode setting switch to the TERM state.
Communication Setting
KOYO series RS232 communication setting
KOYO series RS485 communication setting
- 150 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication setting
Cable Diagram
KOYO SM24-T series RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
RJ-12(male)
3 RX
4TX
1 GND
6
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
KOYO SM24-T series RS485 communication cable
- 151 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
Rs485 terminal
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
B
A
FG
com0/com1
KOYO DL06 series RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
RJ-12(male)
3 RX
4TX
1 GND
6
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller PORT2
15 pin SVGA terminal
(male)
3 RX
2 TX
7 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication cable
Controller PORT2
15 pin SVGA terminal
(male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
10 TX-
9 TX+
7 GND
4 TX-
9 TX+
6 RX-
13 RX+
11 RTS+
14 CTS+
12 RTS-
15 CTS-
com0/com1
- 152 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.40 KTC Srdlink
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SRD SRD2211 RS232 on CPU unit
KTC SRDLINK
RS485 on CPU unit
COM COM2023 RS232 on CPU unit
RS485 on CPU unit
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
SRD SRD2211 RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
COM COM2023
RS232 on CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
KTC RS232 communication
KTC RS485-2 communication
- 153 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Must modify communication parameter in the programming software.
Supported Device
Please refer to the PLC manual for details.
Cable Diagram
KTC RS232 communication cable
Direct connect (cable by KTC Corporation)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
8 pin Mini DIN (male)
1
2
3
7
3
5
1
4
5 GND 4
8
com0/com1
KTC RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
RS485 terminal
6 RX+
1 RX-
1 Net+
2 Net -
- 154 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.41 KYL Slave
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KYL Slave KYL RS232 on the CPU unit KYL Slave
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
KYL Slave KYL RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS232
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Group close instruction
LB0
------
DD
Remote valve open operation LB1 ------ DD
Station:1; LB
address
Remote valve close operation
LB2
------
DD
Remote valve address set operation LB3 ------ DD
Set gain cunrrent state
LB4
------
DD
flase valve open
LB8
------
DD
flase valve close
LB9
------
DD
valve open feedback LB10 ------ DD
valve close feedback LB11 ------ DD
valve uncap alarm LB12 ------ DD
valve hypopiesis alarm LB13 ------ DD
Show current valve state LB14 ------ DD
- 155 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Show valve state LB15 ------ DD
Group close instruction LB17 ------ DD
Staion:2, LB
address(LB is on
the base of
1station+16)
Remote valve open operation LB18 ------ DD
Remote valve close operation LB19 ------ DD
Remote valve address set operation LB20 ------ DD
Set gain cunrrent state LB24 ------ DD
flase valve open LB25 ------ DD
flase valve close
LB26
------
DD
valve open feedback LB27 ------ DD
valve close feedback LB28 ------ DD
valve uncap alarm LB29 ------ DD
valve hypopiesis alarm LB30 ------ DD
Show current valve state LB31 ------ DD
Cable Diagram
RS232
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
2 TXD
3 RXD
5 GND
4.42 LENZE Inverter
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Lenze Lecom A/B EVF9323-EV RS232 on the CPU unit Lenze Lecom_AB
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
Lenze
Lecom A/B EVF9323-EV RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Lecom AB RS232 communication
- 156 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Lecom AB RS485 communication
Supported Device
Refer to the PLC software for detailsGlobal drive control
Notecode_H: Data type is HEX
code_F: Data type is Floating
code_D: Data type is Decimal
Cable Diagram
Lecom AB RS232 communication cable
- 157 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
Lecom AB RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
Rs485 terminal
1 RX-
6 RX+
72
71
4.43 LS Industrial SystemsLG
Serial Communication
Series
Type
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Master-K
K120S
K7M-DR10UE
K7M-DR20U
K7M-DT30U
K7M-DT40U
K7M-DT60U
Port1 on CPU unit
Port2 on CPU unit
LS Master-K CPU Direct
LS Master-K Cnet
LS Master-K Modbus RTU
K200S K3P-07AS RS232 on the CPU unit
XGT XGB
XBC-DN64H
XBC-DR32H
RS232 on the CPU unit
LS XGT CPU Direct
Built-in RS-232C/RS-485 LS XGT Cnet
XEC-DN20SU RS232 on the CPU unit LS XGB CPU Direct
GLOFA GM
GM6
RS232 on the CPU unit
LS GLOFA Cnet
G6L-CUEB
G6L-CUEC
GM7
RS232 on the CPU unit
G7L-CUEB
G7L-CUEC
Inverter iG5A SV008iG5A-2 RS485-2on the CPU unit LS iG5A
The difference of LS Master-K CPU DirectLS Master-K CnetLS Master-K Modbus RTU
Protocol PLC Setting Communication Mode Multi-station Baud(bps)
LS Master-K
Switch the DIP2 to be
RS232/RS485 support 9600/19200
- 158 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cnet ON, DIP1 to be OFF /38400
LS Master-K
MODBUS RTU
Switch the DIP2 to be
ON, DIP1 to be OFF
RS232/RS485 support 9600/19200
/38400
LS Master-K
CPU Direct
Switch
the DIP1 and
DIP2 to be OFF
RS232 non-support 38400
Ethernet communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
GLOFA GM6-CPUA G6L-EUTP LS GLOFA FEnet
XGT XGK-CPUE XGL-EFMT LS XGT Ethernet
Serial System Configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
K120S
K7M-DR10UE Port1 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Port2 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
K7M-DR20U Port1 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Port2 on CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
K200S K3P-07AS RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
XGB
XBC-DN64H
XBC-DR32H
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Built-in RS-232C RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Built-in RS-485 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
XEC-DN20SU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
GLOFA
GM6
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
G6L-CUEB
G6L-CUEC RS422/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
GM7
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
G7L-CUEB
G7L-CUEC RS422/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
iG5A SV008iG5A-2 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Ethernet System Configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
GLOFA
GM6-CPUA
ETH on the CPU unit
ETH
Setting
Your owner cable
XGT XGK-CPUE XGL-EFMT ETH Setting
Serial Communication Setting
LS Master-K Cnet protocol
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
HMI Setting
RS232 communication
- 159 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
PLC setting
If click “Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start”, it will give a “Cannot Change PLC Mode”. Need to let the
run light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on.
- 160 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
RS232 communication
NOTE: Only support 38400 baud rate for the protocol
LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
RS232 communication
PLC Setting
- 161 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
If click “Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start”, it will give a “Cannot Change PLC Mode”. Need to let the
run light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on.
LS XGT CPU Direct protocol
Default communication: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication
NOTE: Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable.
LS XGT Cnet protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0
HMI Setting
RS232 communication
- 162 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-2 communication
PLC Setting
1. “Tools”---“Network Manager” set communication
- 163 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Communicating in the OPR mode
LS XGB CPU Direct
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 115200bps, 8, 1, none; PLC station No.:0
NOTE:Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable.
- 164 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
LS GLOFA Cnet protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0
HMI Setting
RS232 communication
RS485-4 communication
PLC Setting
1. Set the parameters of CPU module
Open GMWIN, ParametersBasic Parametersset “Communication”:
- 165 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Set the parameters of module
Take G6L-CUEC for example,
Open GMWIN, select ”Tool”Cnet Frame Editor”,
As G6L-CUEC is RS422/485 module, the channel should be selected RS422 side. After set the
parameters, click Online”Connect”, and then click OnlineWriteafter the communication is built,
pay attention to choose the correct Slot No..
- 166 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
The Slot No. is the I/O slot position where the communication module is. For example, G6L-CUEC is
plugged in the I/O 1, the Slot No. should be selected SLOT 1.
NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating.
LS ig5A Protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600bps,8,none,1;PLC station:1
PLC Setting
Settings
Parameter directions
panel display
Addr
I59 A43B Protocol
0
Modbus RTU
1
LS BUS
I60 A43C Station 1-250
I61 A43D Baud Rate 0 1200[bps]
1 2400[bps]
2 4800[bps]
3 9600[bps]
4 19200[bps]
I65 A441 Parity Check 0
none
stop bit:1
1
none
stop bit:2
2
even
stop bit:1
3
odd
stop bit:1
The controller also supports the standard Modbus RTU protocol , set the agreement with
LS ig5A.
Ethernet Communication Setting
LS GLOFA FEnet protocol
GM6-CPU Setting
- 167 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
1. Modify the parameters of PLC:ToolsEnet Frame Editor, set the type as FENET”:
NOTE: Modify the IP address only via serial communication, and in the offline.
2. On the “Enet Editorand select Edit, set the PLC series and IP address
3. On the “Optionand select COM Port, set the serial port of PC
- 168 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4. Download: “Online”Connect”Write
XGK-CPUE Setting
HMI setting
PLC setting
1. PLC parameter settings: [Tools] - [ network management ] , in the pop-up window XG-PD ,
create a new file , select the correct CPU kind .
- 169 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Double click the [ base 00 ], in the pop-up window [communication module Settings], select
the category FEnet .
3. Double click the FEnet, in the pop-up window [ Standard Settings] to set the IP address and
drive .
- 170 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
LS Master-K CPU Direct
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O Relay P 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H
Link Relay L 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H
Keep Relay K 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H
Special Relay F 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.H
Counter C 0-255 ------ DDD
Timer T 0-255 ------ DDD
I/O Relay ------ P 0-255 DDD
Auxiliary Relay ------ M 0-255
Link Relay ------ L 0-255
Keep Relay ------ K 0-255
Special Relay ------ F 0-255
S ------ S 0-255
Timer ------ T 0-255 DDDD
Counter ------ C 0-256 DDDD
Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD
NOTEF address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;
F address: 2A in the PLC corresponds to 2.A in the HMI.
Other register addresses, and so on.
- 171 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
LS Master K-cnet
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
I/O Relay P 0.0-256.F ------ DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-256.F ------ DDD.H
Link Relay L 0.0-256.F ------ DDD.H
Keep Relay K 0.0-256.F ------ DDD.H
Special Relay F 0.0-256.F DDD.H
Timer ------ T 0-255 DDD
Counter ------ C 0-255 DDD
Data Register D 0-9999 DDDD
LS Modbus RTU
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O Relay P 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H
Link Relay L 0.0-2047.F ------ DDD.H
Keep Relay K 0.0-4095.F ------ DDD.H
Special Relay F 0.0-1023.F DDD.H
Timer ------ T 0-255 DDD
Counter ------ C 0-255 DDD
Data Register D 0-9999 DDDD
LS XGT_Cnet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
File Relay
R_bit 0.0-10239.F
DDDDD.H
Data Relay
D_bit 0.0-10239.F
DDDDD.H
Communication Relay
N_bit 0.0-5119.F
DDDD.H
Link Relay
L_bit 0.0-2047.F
DDDD.H
Index Relay
Z_bit 0.0-624.F
------
DDD.H
Counter Contact Relay
C_bit 0-9999
------
DDDD
Timer Contact Relay
T_bit 0-9999
------
DDDD
Special Relay
F_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
Keep Relay
K_bit 0.0-4095.F
------
DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay
M_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
I/O Relay
P_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
File Register
------
R_word 0-10239
DDDDD
Data Register
------
D_ word 0-10239
DDDDD
- 172 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Register
------
N_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Link Register
------
L_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Step Control Register
S_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Index Register
Z_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Counter
------
C_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Timer
------
T_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Special Register ------ F_ word 0-9999 DDDD
Keep Register
------
K_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Auxiliary Register ------ M_ word 0-9999 DDDD
I/O Register ------ P_ word 0-9999 DDDD
NOTE: Register T_bit and C_bit can not communicate batch
LS XGT CPU Direct
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
File Relay R_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H
Data Relay D_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H
Communication Relay N_bit 0.0-5119.F ------ DDDD.H
Link Relay L_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
Index Relay Z_bit 0.0-624.F ------ DDD.H
ZR_bit 0.0-10239.F ------ DDDDD.H
Counter Contact Relay C_bit 0-9999 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact Relay
T_bit 0-9999
------
DDDD
Special Relay F_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H
Keep Relay K_bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H
I/O Relay P_bit 0.0-1023.F ------ DDDD.H
File Register ------ R 0-10239 DDDDD
Data Register ------ D 0-10239 DDDDD
Communication Register
------
N 0-9999
DDDD
Link Register ------ L 0-9999 DDDD
Step Control Register ------ S 0-9999 DDDD
Index Register ------ Z 0-9999 DDDD
------ ZR 0-10239 DDDDD
Counter Set Value ------ C_ SV 0-9999 DDDD
Timer Set Value ------ T_ SV 0-9999 DDDD
Counter Current Value ------ C_ CV 0-9999 DDDD
Timer Current Value ------ T_ CV 0-9999 DDDD
Special Register ------ F 0-9999 DDDD
Keep Register ------ K 0-9999 DDDD
- 173 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Auxiliary Register ------ M 0-9999 DDDD
I/O Register ------ P 0-9999 DDDD
LS XGB CPU Direct
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
A_Bit 0.0-8191.F
-------
DDDD.H
Special Relay
F_Bit 0.0-1023.F
-------
DDDD.H
W_Bit 0.0-10239.F
-------
DDDDD.H
Same area with R
File Relay
R_Bit 0.0-10239.F
-------
DDDDD.H
Special module Relay
U_Bit 0.0-511.F
-------
DDD.H
Keep Relay
K_Bit 0.0-4095.F
-------
DDDD.H
Link Relay
L_Bit 0.0-2047.F
-------
DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay
M_Bit 0.0-4095.F
-------
DDDD.H
Output Relay
Q_Bit 0.0-1023.F
-------
DDDD.H
Input Relay
I_Bit 0.0-1023.F
-------
DDDD.H
-------
A 0-8191
DDDD
Special Register
-------
F 0-1023
DDDD
-------
W 0-10239
DDDDD
File Register
-------
R 0-10239
DDDDD
Special module Register
-------
U 0-511
DDD
Keep Register
-------
K 0-4095
DDDD
Link Register
-------
L 0-2047
DDDD
Auxiliary Reguster
-------
M 0-4095
DDDD
Output Register
-------
Q 0-1023
DDDD
Input Register
-------
I 0-1023
DDDD
LS GLOFA Cnet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Buffer Memory(Bit)
MX0-32767
------
DDDDD
Output(Bit)
QX0-1763
------
DDDD
Input(Bit) IX0-1763 ------ DDDD
Buffer Memory(Dword) ------ MD0-16368 DDDDD
Output(Dword)
------
QD0.0-17.1
DD.D
Input(Dword) ------ ID0.0-17.1 DD.D
Buffer Memory(Word) ------ MW0-32767 DDDDD
Output(Word) ------ QW0.0-17.3 DD.D
Input(Word) ------ IW0.0-17.3 DD.D
LS GLOFA FEnet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
- 174 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Buffer Memory(Bit) MX0-131056 ------ DDDDD
Output(Bit) QX0-1763 ------ DDDD
Input(Bit) IX0-1763 ------ DDDD
Buffer Memory(Dword) ------ MD0-4095 DDDD
Output(Dword) ------ QD0.0-17.1 DD.D
Input(Dword) ------ ID0.0-17.1 DD.D
Buffer Memory(Word) ------ MW0-8191 DDDD
Output(Word) ------ QW0.0-17.3 DD.D
Input(Word) ------ IW0.0-17.3 DD.D
NOTE:
1. The address format of %QX\IX is DD.D.DD (00.0.00~63.7.63) in the PLC, it correspond to DD D DD
(0~63763) in the HMI; Note that put 0 before the address if the address is less than two bits.
For example,
Internal address : %QX\IX 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 301 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QX\IX 1.4.63 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 1463 in the HMI;
2. The address format of %QD\ID is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.1) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.1) in
the HMI;
For example,
Internal address : %QD\ID 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 3.1 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QD\ID 1.5.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 15.1 in the HMI;
3. The address format of %QW\IW is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.3) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.3) in
the HMI;
For example,
Internal address : %QW\IW 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 3.1 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QW\IW 1.5.3 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 15.3 in the HMI;
LS iG5A protocol
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Bits
AB 0.0-65535.F
-------
DDDDD
Words
-------
AW 0-65535
DDDDD
NOTE:
1The representation of address is hexadecimal in the Inverter User's Manual , used in
the project must be converted to decimal.Such as universal domain address
0000 corresponds to AW0
The address of the function list A100 corresponds
AW41216.
2Register more than eight consecutive addresses will not be properly read.
3Some address may affect the surrounding register read, should used separately
H8 and H10H42 and H44,do not show put together
H20H30H36H37H42H50H51H52H70H90
F30F37F60I27I57
MODUS RTU protocolsupport LS iG5A
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
- 175 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Read Holding Registers
------- 3X 1-65535
DDDDD
Read Input Registers
------- 4X 1-65535
DDDDD
NOTE:
Inverter address converted to decimal, the address of the function li
st A100
corresponds AW41216.
Modbus 地址从 1开始,故通用域中的 0000 地址不可访问
Cable Diagram
LS Master-K Cnet/ LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol
RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
4 RX
7 TX
5 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
RS485-2 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
terminal
1 RX-
6 RX+
-
+
LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol
RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
2 RXD
3 TXD
5 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
LS XGT/XGB CPU Direct protocol
RS232 communication cable
- 176 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
6 TX
2 RX
3 GND
Controller terminal
6pin Mini DIN(male)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
LS XGT Cnet protocol
RS232 programming cable
PC terminal
9pin D-SUB male
2 RX
3 TX
6 TX
2 RX
5 GND 3 GND
Controller terminal
6pin Mini DIN(male)
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
TX
RX
SG
Controller terminal
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
485-
485+
5 GND SG
Controller
terminal
LS GLOFA Cnet protocol
RS232 communication cable
- 177 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
4 RX
7 TX
5 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
RS422 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
SDB
SDA
5 GND SG
Controller
terminal
4 TX - RDB
9 TX + RDA
NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating.
LS iG5A protocol
com0/com1 Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
S-
S+
Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.44 LUST
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
CDE34.008 CDE34.008 RS232 on the CPU unit LustBus
Network communication (direct online simulation disable)
Series CPU Link Module Driver
- 178 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
ServoOne junior Lust ETH on the CPU Lust Ethernet Slave
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
CDE34.008 CDE34.008 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ServoOne junior Lust ETH on the CPU ETH Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
Lustbus RS232 default communication: 57600, 7, even, 1; station: 1
Network Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 179 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
The way to change IP of Servo drive system
Plug the 24-volt power supply on the X2, plug the network cable on the X9.
Refer to the map, press the T1 or T2 to modify the IP
- 180 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Parameter
b3
b2
b1
b0
Initial IP
int
192
168
39
5
hex C0 A8 27 05
Modified IP int 192 168 100 240
hex C0 A8 64 F0
Parameter b3 b2 b1 b0
Initial IP int 192 168 39 5
hex
C0
A8
27
05
Modified IP int 192 168 100 240
hex
C0
A8
64
F0
The following description of specific processes, after the servo power
D1 D2
5. 1.
Press key T1 of about 1s
D1 D2
P R
Press key T1 of about 1s
D1
D2
I P
Press key T2 of about 1s
- 181 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
D1 D2
l u
Press key T2 of about 1s
D1 D2
b 0
Press key T2 of about 1s
D1
D2
b 0
1s at about T2 button to display the value of d0, the initial value is 05
D1
D2
0 5
Press T1, respectively, and T2, you can adjust the value of b0, After release, while at T1 and T2 key until
the display or can be, Then press and T1 and T2, also show b0, then press the key T1 of about 1s,can switch
to b2, empathy can be modified the value of b2, b3, b4, modify the good, the same press T1 and T2 until
display “or” (where press T1 and T2 at the same time is the key to save and exit).
Well, after the change, restart the power, and then ping.
After the software is connected
Supported Device
- 182 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CDE34.008
Refer to the Controller software for details: DriveManager for c-line drives
ServoOne junior
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Array_DWord32 0.00000-32767.65535 DDDDD.DDDDD
Array_DWord16 0.00000-32767.65535 DDDDD.DDDDD
DWord32 0-32767 DDDDD
Word16 0-32767 DDDDD
Note: Array_DWord32/Array_DWord16 the address format is the primary address + decimal point +
sub-address, such as the address for the save as shown below, the main address is 11, sub-address is 0, the
data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to the address is Array_DWord16 11.00000.
The primary address is 11, sub-address is 1, the data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to
the address is Array_DWord16 11.00001. In addition, INT8 address, select Word16, but also through the
conversion can be displayed, as should show -3, while the display 253, which can be done in the macro
data conversion, so 253-256 = -3, that is in need of special address type conversion .
Cable Diagram
Lustbus RS232 communication cable
- 183 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal 9pin D-
SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
3 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.45 Memory map
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
BMS005A-MC11 BMS005A-MC11 RS422 on the CPU unit MemoryMap(Master-Slave)
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
BMS005A-MC11 BMS005A-MC11 RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner
cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 57600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
PLC Setting
Please refer to the manual of PLC for the configuration.
Supported Device
- 184 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
LW.B 8000.0-8999.15
--------
DDDD.DD
———
LW8000-8999
DDDD
Cable Diagram
com0/com1 Controller
RS422 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
1 Tx-
2 Tx+
5 GND
3 Rx-
4 Rx+
4 TX-
9 TX+
4.46 MEGMEET
Serial Communication
Serial Communication Parameters and Cables Production
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
MEGMEET
MC280
MC280-1616
BTA4
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Parameters
HMI Setting
Default communication:9600bps, 8even1station1
RS232
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MEGMEET MC280 MC280-1616BTA4 RS232 on the CPU unit MEGMEET MC Series
- 185 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485
PLC Setting
1.Open X_builder,New projectselect PLC typeMC280
- 186 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2.Open System blockComm Port,set comm portsupport Modbus
1Port0 settingRS232
2Port1andPort2 settingRS485
- 187 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NotesUsing X_builderMain routine cannot be empty
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay
X 0-377
------ OOO R
Output Relay
Y 0-377
------ OOO
Internal Relay
M 0-10239
------ DDDDD
Special Relay
SM 0-511
------ DDD
Step Relay
S 0-4095
------ DDDD
Timer Relay
T_BIT 0-511
------ DDD
Counter Relay
C_BIT 0-306
------ DDD
Data register
------
D 0-7999 DDDD
Special Register ------
SD 0-511
DDD
Index Register ------
Z 0-15
DD
Timer ------
T_Word 0-511
DDD
Counter ------
C_Word 0-199
DDD
Counter(double word) ------
C_DWord 200-306
DDD
------ R 0-32767 DDDDD
------
R_DWord 0-32767
DDDDD
Special Register(double word) ------ SD_DWord 0-511 DDD
Data register(double word) ------ D_DWord 0-7999 DDDD
Cables Production
RS232
- 188 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI接线端
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller port0接线端
8 pin Mini Din (male)
5 TXD
4 RXD
3 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
RS485
com0/com1
Controller
port1接线端
HMI接线端
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
RS485-
RS485+
GND
4.47 Mikom
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MX2H MX2H-3232M RS232 on the CPU unit Mikom MXxh
RS485 on port
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
MX2H MX2H-3232M Port 0 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Port 1 RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 7, 1, evenStation1
- 189 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Input Relay X 0-777 OOO
Output Relay Y 0-777 OOO
Counter C_bit 0-511 DDD
Timer T_bit 0-511 DDD
Status Relay S 0-1535 DDDD
Special Relay SM 0-511 DDD
Internal Relay
M 0-4095
DDDD
Data register
D 0-7999
DDDD
Special Register(double word) SD 0-511 DDD
Index Register Z 0-255 DDD
Timer T_word 0-255 DDD
Counter C_word 0-199 DDD
NOTE: The PLC MODBUS protocol does not support double-
word data type, so the protocol
does not support the bulk of the word read and write .
- 190 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller port0
8 pin Mini Din (male)
5 TXD
4 RXD
3 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
TXD
RXD
GND
Controller
Port1 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
RS485-2 Communication
Controller
Port1 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
RS485-
RS485+
GND
com0/com1
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
4.48 Millenium3
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Millenium 3 Millenium 3 RS232 on the CPU unit Millenium 3
RS485 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
Millenium 3 Millenium 3 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 115200, 7, 1, evenStation1
RS232 Communication:
- 191 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-2 Communication
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Register ------ Register 0~23 DD Write only
Register
------
Register 24~47
DD
Read only
Cable Diagram
RS232
M3
Serial programing cable
HMI
- 192 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Users need to make the communication cable for M3 and HMI (region of red marquee as shown above)
M3 communicate with COM0 of HMI, the cable connection is as follow:
2 RX
3 TX
5 GND
4 DTR
2 RXD
3 TXD
5 GND
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male/female)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
COM0
+5V
COM
External power
supply
NOTE: Provide 5V DC high level for the pin 4 of M3 9-pin D-Sub.
M3 communicate with COM1 of HMI, the cable connection is as follow:
2 RX
3 TX
5 GND
4 DTR
2 RXD
3 TXD
5 GND
8 RTS
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male/female)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB(female)
COM1
RS485-2
Controller terminal
-
+
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
4.49 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FXCPU
FX1S
FX0N
CPU Direct
FX□□-422-BD*3 Mitsubishi FX1S*2
FX□□-485-BD *3
FX□□-485-ADP*3
Mitsubishi FX1S*
2
Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD
(Multi-station) *1
FX1N
CPU Direct
Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G*2
- 193 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FX1NC
FX2N
FX2NC
FX□□-422-BD*
3
FX□□-485-BD*
3
FX
□□
-485-ADP*
3
Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G*2
Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD
(Multi-station) *1
FX□□-232-BD*3
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-20GM CPU Direct Mitsubishi FX2N_10GM/20GM
FX3U
FX3UC
CPU Direct
Mitsubishi FX3U*2
FX
□□
-422-BD*3
FX□□-485-BD*
3
FX□□-485-ADP*3
Mitsubishi FX3U*
2
Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD
(Multi-station) *1
FX□□-232-BD*
3
FX3G CPU Direct Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G*
2
QCPU
Q00jCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port)
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
Q00CPU
Q01CPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
Q01UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q06UDHCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port)
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q25HCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port)
Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
Q12HCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
Q00UJCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
Q02UCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Melsec Q
Q06HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q06H
Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
LCPU L02CPU LJ71C24-CM Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
- 194 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: 1. *1 The protocol support multi-station
2. *2 The protocol don’t support multi-station
3. *3 □□means the module that is suitable for the PLC
4. *4 The protocol support to modify the device points, only to support Q06HCPU and
Q02HCPU.
Network Communication (Direct online simulation disable)
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FXCPU FX3GE-24M Ethernet port on CPU unit Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP
Slave)
FX3U-32M FX3U-ENET-L
QCPU
Q00CPU
Q00JCPU
Q01CPU
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q06HCPU
Q12HCPU
Q25HCPU
Q03UDECPU
Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
QJ71E71
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-100
Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q04UDHCPU
Q06UDHCPU
Q13UDHCPU
Q26UDHCPU
QJ71E71
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-100
LCPU L02CPU
L26CPU-BT Ethernet port on CPU unit
Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP
Slave)
QCPU Q03UDECPU
Q26UDV CPU Ethernet port on CPU unit
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM
Type
Parameter Cable
FXCPU
FX1S
FX0N
RS485 on the CPU unit
FX□□-422-BD
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
FX□□-485-BD
FX
□□
-485-ADP
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
FX1N
FX1NC
FX2N
RS485 on the CPU unit
FX□□-422-BD
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
FX□□-485-BD
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
- 195 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FX2NC FX□□-485-ADP
FX□□-232-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-20GM RS485 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
FX3G RS485 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
FX3UC
FX3U
RS485 on the CPU unit
FX□□-422-BD
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
FX□□-485-BD
FX□□-485-ADP RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
FX□□-232-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Melsec Q
Q00jCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q00CPU
Q01CPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q02UCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q00jCPU
Q00CPU
Q01CPU
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q25HCPU
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
QJ71C24
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R4
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
Q00UJCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q01UCPU
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q06HCPU
Q06UDHPU
Q25HCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q06HCPU
Q12HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
LCPU L02CPU LJ71C24-CM RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-4
Network System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
FXCPU FX3GE-24M Ethernet port on CPU
unit
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
FX3U-32M FX3U-ENET-L
Melsec Q Q00CPU
Q00JCPU
QJ71E71
QJ71E71-B2 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
- 196 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Q01CPU
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q06HCPU
Q12HCPU
Q25HCPU
Q03UDECPU
Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-100
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q04UDHCPU
Q06UDHCPU
Q13UDHCPU
Q26UDHCPU
QJ71E71
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-100
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
MELSEC L L02CPU
L26CPU-BT
Ethernet port on CPU
unit Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
QCPU Q26UDV CPU
Q03UDECPU
Ethernet port on CPU
unit
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
Mitsubishi FX1SMitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3GMitsubishi FX3U protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
- 197 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
When using the Mitsubishi FX1SMitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3GMitsubishi FX3U protocol, PLC
configuration is as follow:
Don’t select Operate communication setting, and click “default”
NOTE:
1. If you do not use the multi-station when using communication module, you can choose the protocol of
Mitsubishi FX1SMitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3GMitsubishi FX3U etc. according to the PLC model
2. Make sure that the value of D8120 is 0 when using the communication module
Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD (Multi-station) protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0
- 198 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Select the “Operate communication setting”
NOTE:
1. FX0N series dont support the Operate communication setting, but the communication parameters can
be modified by setting the value of D8120D8121D8129
2. If series of PLC is FX3U/3UC, you must select “CH1
3. Select the Dedicated protocoland check Sum checkoption, Transmission control procedure must be
Form4
4. If you use the FX□□-232-BD module, set H/W type to Regular/RS-232C; if you use the FX□□
-485-BD/FX□□-485-ADP module, set H/W type to RS-485
The communication parameters can be modified by setting the value of D8120/D8121/D8129
Special register
Description
- 199 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
D8120 Communication format
D8121 Station number
D8129 Overtime
For example
The communication parameters of PLC as follow:
Communication format: 9600bps, 7, even, 2;
Station No.:1;
H/W type: RS485;
Time out: 1
Set the value of D8120/D8121/D8129:
D8120=0xE08E
D8121=1
D8129=1
NOTE: Restart the PLC after setting the value of D8120.
FX2N-10G/20GM protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
- 200 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port) protocol
HMI Setting
Default parameters: 19200, 8, odd, 1; Station No.: 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect to
one PLC)
RS232 communication
NOTE
1 If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It
is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.
2 This drives support password protection model Q00J.
Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port) protocol
HMI Setting
Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect
to one PLC)
RS232 communication
NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It
is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.
Mitsubishi Q06H Mitsubishi Q06Hv2 protocol
- 201 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect
to one PLC)
RS232 communication
NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It
is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.
Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) & Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol
HMI Setting
Default parameters :9600, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
- 202 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
The differences of Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)Mitsubishi Melsec Q:
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) protocol advantage is communication speed
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol advantages is that it support RS232 and RS485 communication modules,
disadvantage is that communication is slow.
HMI Setting
1. CPU port communication
2. C24 module communication
a. “Parameter” double-click “PLC parameter”, select “I/O assignment”.
- 203 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
b. Click “type” to select “intelligent”
c. Click “switch setting” and set
- 204 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Setting the intelligent function unit switch
switch
content
example
Switch1 CH1:transmission rate, transmission setting
0BEEH
115Kbps
8 bit
1 bit
even
Switch2 CH1:communication protocol MC protocol type5 binary 0005H
Switch3 CH2:transmission rate, transmission setting (the same as switch 1) 0BEEH
Switch4 CH2:communication protocol MC protocol type5 binary 0005H
Switch5 Station No. setting 0~31 0000H
If the communication parameters of CH2 485 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows switch setting
in PLC parameters” and “I/O assignment”.
- 205 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
If the communcation parameters of CH1 232 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows switch settingin
PLC parameters” and “I/O assignment”.
NOTE: After setting the switches, reset the PLC or turn the power off and then back on again.
Network Communication Setting
Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 206 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism
PLC Setting
FX3GE-24M
1. Double clickPLC Parameters”,selectBuilt-in Ethernet Port Settings”,the parameters
configuration as follow:
2. Click Open Setting, the parameters configuration as follow:
- 207 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism
FX3U-ENET-L
1. OpenFX3U-ENET-L Configuration Tool”,the parameters configuration as follow:
2. ClickOperational settings”,the parameters configuration as follow:
- 208 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3. ClickOpen settings”,the parameters configuration as follow:
NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism
Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet protocol
HMI Setting
- 209 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Network parameters
[network type] select "Ethernet"; [start I/O] is a hexadecimal number increments & H10, you can select "0";
[network number] range is 1-239, generally set at the network level, only a layer of the network, so set to
- 210 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
"1"; [Group number] range is 0-32, select "0"; [station number] range 1-64, 1 occupied by the computer
side, can be set to 2-64, the example is set to "2" ; [Model] Select "online". Next, click [operation], set the
IP address of the dialog box pops up, in part by the network to determine the first three, the fourth part of
the free use of the network number. One thing to note is that the figure of [the initial time setting] to choose
"Always wait to open" (stop when communication), or Ethernet port is not open external device. Click [end
set] button to save the settings.
2. Operational settings
3. Open settings
In line 1 [protocol] selection "UDP" protocol; and that [open in pairs] option select "pairs", system will be
prompted to
selection is confirmed, the parameters of line 2 will be self-generated, so as to form a two-way
communication. PLC's port and PC port range is & H401 - & HFFFF, the example is set to & H1000, PC's
IP address is your computer's IP. Click [End set] to save, and form an Ethernet module and host two-way
communication channel.
4. Just write to set the PLC in the main menu selection [online]->"PLC write", the "PLC/network
parameters" in the content downloaded to the PLC, the correct execution, the writing on the work of the
Ethernet parameters completed.
- 211 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
L02:
HMI Setting
NOTE:
1. PLC station number must be 255
2. Data format of Port number is decimalism
PLC Setting
Double click PLC parameters, select Built-in Ethernet Port Settings
- 212 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Click Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow:
NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format.
Q03UDE CPU :
HMI Setting
- 213 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:
1. PLC station number must be 255
2. Data format of Port number is decimalism
PLC Setting
Click Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow:
- 214 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format.
Supported Device
FX1S
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay
X 00-764
------ OOO
Output Relay
Y 00-764
------ OOO
Internal Relay
M 000-7999
------ DDDD
Timer Contact
T 00-511
------ DDD
Counter Contact
C 00-255
------ DDD
Data Contact D_bit 0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H
State
S 000-4095
------ DDDD
Timer Value
------
T_word 00-511
DDD
Counter Value ------ C_word 00-199 DDD
Data Register
------
D_word 000-17999
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD_word 8000-8255
DDDD
Counter Value ------ C_dword 235-255 DDD 32 bit device
FX0N/FX1N/2N/3G
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay
X 000-377
------ OOO
Output Relay
Y 000-377
------ OOO
Internal Relay
M 0000-3071
------ DDDD
Timer Contact
T_bit 000-255
------ DDD
Counter Contact
C_bit 000-199
------ DDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 8000-8255
------ DDDD
- 215 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
State
S 000-999
------ DDD
Timer Value
------
T_word 000-255
DDD
Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD
Data Register
------
D 0000-7999
DDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 8000-8255
DDDD
Counter Value ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD 32 bit device
FX2N-10GM/20GM
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Input Relay
X 00-571
------ OO *1
Output Relay
Y 00-571
------ OO *1
Internal Relay
M 000-7999
------ DDD *1
Special Internal Relay
SM9000-9999
------ DDDD *1
Data Register
------
D 0-7999
DDDD *2
Special Data Register
------
SD 9000-9999
DDDD *2
Special Data Register
------
FD 4000-4550 DDDD *2
Current Position(System)
------
CP_unit 0-1 D
Current Position(Pulse)
------
CP_puls 0-1 D
NOTE:
*1 Don’t support batch
*2 Support batch
FX3UC
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay
X000-764
------ OOO
Output Relay
Y000-764
------ OOO
Timer Contact
T_bit 000-511
------ DDD
Counter Contact
C_bit 000-255
------ DDD
Data Contact
D_bit0.0-7999.F
------ DDDD.H
State
S0000-4095
------ DDDD
Internal Relay M0000-7999 ------ DDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM8000-8511
------ DDDD
Timer Value
------
T_word 000-511
DDD
Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD
Data Register
------
D_word 0-17999
DDDDD
Extension Register
------
R0000-32767
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD8000-9999
DDDD
- 216 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Counter Value
------
C_dword200-255
DDD 32 bit device
Q00jCPU
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Counter Coil
CC0-1023
DDDD
Counter Contact
CS0-1023
DDDD
Timer Coil
TC0-2047
DDDD
Timer Contact
TS0-2047
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Link Relay
B0000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Step Relay
S0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Edge Relay
V0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch Relay
L0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM0000-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Output Relay
Y0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
File Register
------
R000-32767
DDDDD
Special Link Register
SW0-7FF
HHH
Link Register
------
W000-291F
HHHH
Special Data Register
------
SD0-2047
DDDD
Data Register
------
D0-25983
DDDDD
Counter Value
------
CN0-25983
DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value
------
SN0-2047
DDDD
Timer Value
------
TN0-25983
DDDDD
Melsec Q
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Direct output
DY 0-7FF
HHHH
Direct input
DX 0-7FF
HHHH
Step Relay
S 0-2047
------
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB 0-7FFF
HHHH
Counter Coil
CC 0-511
------
DDDD
Counter Contact
CS 0-511
------
DDDD
Step Coil
SC 0-511
------
DDDD
Step Contact
SS 0-511
------
DDDD
Timer Coil
TC 0-511
------
DDDD
- 217 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Timer Contact
TS 0-511
------
DDDD
Link Relay
B 0-7FF
HHHH
Edge Relay
V 0-1023
------
DDDD
Annunciator
F 0-1023
------
DDDD
Latch Relay
L 0-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-8191
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-7FF
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0-7FF
HHHH
File Register
------
ZR 0-65535
DDDDDD
File Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
Index Register
------
Z 0-9
DD
Counter Value
------
CN 0-511
DDDD
Retentive Timer Value
SN 0-511
DDDD
Timer Value
------
TN 0-511
DDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0-3FF
HHH
Link Register
W 0-1FFF
HHHH
Special Data Register
------
SD 0-2047
DDDD
Data Register
------
D 0-11135
DDDDD
Q Series CPU port
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Special Link Relay
SB 00000- 7FFF
------
HHHH
Link Relay
B 00000- 7FFF
------
HHHH
Edge relay
V 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch relay
L 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0000-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Output Relay
Y 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Link Register
------
W 00000- 291F
HHHH
Timer Value
------
TN 00000-23087
DDDDD
Counter Value
------
CN 00000-23087
DDDDD
File Register
------
R 00000-32767
DDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0000- 7FF
HHH
Data Register
------
D 00000-25983
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 0000-2047
DDDD
- 218 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Q_QnA(link port)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Special Link Relay
SB000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Link Relay
B0000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Edge Relay
V0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch Relay
L0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM0000-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Output Relay
Y0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Link Register
------
W0000-291F
HHHH
Timer Value
------
TN0-23087
DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value
------
SN0-23087
DDDDD
Counter Value
------
CN0-23087
DDDDD
File Register(Block switching is not necessary)
------
ZR00000-65535
DDDDD
File Register
------
R00000-32767
DDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW000-7FF
HHH
Data Register
------
D00000-25983
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD0000-2047
DDDD
Q06
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Special Link Relay
SB 0000- 7FFF
------
HHHH
Link Relay
B 0000- 7FFF
------
HHHH
Edge relay
V 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch relay
L 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0000-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Output Relay
Y 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Link Register
------
W 00000- 291F
HHHH
Timer Value
------
TN 00000-23087
DDDDD
Counter Value
------
CN 00000-23087
DDDDD
File Register
------
R 00000-32767
DDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0000- 7FF
HHH
Data Register
------
D 00000-25983
DDDDD
- 219 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Special Data Register
------
SD 0000-2047
DDDD
Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Step Relay
S 000-8191
------
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB 000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Counter Coil
CC 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Counter Contact
CS 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Step Coil
SC 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Step Contact
SS 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Timer Coil
TC 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Timer Contact
TS 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Link Relay
B 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Edge Relay
V 0-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F 0-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch Relay
L 0-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-32767
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0-1FFF
------
HHHH
Link Register
------
W 0-291F
HHHH
Timer Value
------
TN 0-23087
DDDD
Counter Value
------
CN 0-23087
DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value
SN 0-23087
DDDDD
File Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
File Register(Block switching is not necessary)
------
ZR 0-1042431
DDDDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0-7FF
HHH
Data Register
------
D 0-25983
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 0-2047
DDDD
Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Direct output
DY 0-1FFF
HHHH
Direct input
DX 0-1FFF
HHHH
Step Relay
S 0-8191
------
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB 0-7FFF
SB 0-1FFF
HHHH
Counter Coil
CC 0-1023
------
DDDD
Counter Contact
CS 0-1023
------
DDDD
- 220 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Step Coil
SC 0-2047
------
DDDD
Step Contact
SS 0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Coil
TC 0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
TS 0-2047
------
DDDD
Link Relay
B 0-1FFF
B 0-1FFF
HHHH
Edge Relay
V 0-2047
------
DDDD
Annunciator
F 0-2047
------
DDDD
Latch Relay
L 0-8191
------
DDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-8191
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-1FFF
Y 0-1FFF
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0-1FFF
X 0-1FFF
HHHH
File Register
------
ZR 0-393216
DDDDDD
File Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
Index Register
------
Z 0-19
DD
Counter Value
------
CN 0-1023
DDDD
Retentive Timer Value
SN 0-2047
DDDD
Timer Value
------
TN 0-2047
DDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0-7FF
HHH
Link Register
W 0-1FFF
HHHH
Special Data Register
------
SD 0-2047
DDDD
Data Register
------
D 0-45055
DDDDD
Q03UDE
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Direct output
DY 0-1FFF
HHHH
Direct input
DX 0-1FFF
HHHH
Step Relay
S 0-8191
------
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB 0-7FF
SB 0-7F0
HHHH
Counter Coil
CC 0-1023
------
DDDD
Counter Contact
CS 0-1023
------
DDDD
Step Coil
SC 0-2047
------
DDDD
Step Contact
SS 0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Coil
TC 0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
TS 0-2047
------
DDDD
Link Relay
B 0-1FFF
B 0-1FF0
HHHH
Edge Relay
V 0-2047
------
DDDD
Annunciator
F 0-2047
------
DDDD
- 221 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Latch Relay
L 0-8191
------
DDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-8191
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-1FFF
Y 0-1FF0
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0-1FFF
X 0-1FF0
HHHH
File Register
------
ZR 0-32767
DDDDDD
File Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
Index Register
------
Z 0-19
DD
Counter Value
------
CN 0-1023
DDDD
Retentive Timer Value
SN 0-2047
DDDD
Timer Value
------
TN 0-2047
DDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0-7FF
HHH
Link Register
W 0-1FFF
HHHH
Special Data Register
------
SD 0-2047
DDDD
Data Register
------
D 0-12287
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
FX Series RS232 Cable
1. CPU port communication
Please use the FX series SC - 09 serial programming cable communication, can also be made simple
programming cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
2 RX
3 TX
5 GND
4TXD-
1RXD-
2 RXD+
Controller terminal
8pin Mini DIN(male)
7 TXD+
SG
SG
1Kresistance
1Kresistance
2. FX□□-232-BD communication
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
FX Series RS422 Cable
1. CPU port / FX□□-422-BD communication
- 222 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
4Tx-
7Tx+
3GND
1Rx-
2Rx+
4 TX-
9 TX+
Controller terminal
8pin Mini DIN(male)
2. FX□□-485-BD communication
com0/com1 Controller
RS422 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
SDB
SDA
SG
RDB
RDA
4 TX-
9 TX+
Q Series RS232 Cable
1. CPU port communication
com0/com1
HMI terminial
9pin D-SUB female/male
2 RX
3 TX
2 TXD
1 RXD
5 GND 3 GND
Controller
6pin Mini DIN(male)
com2
7 RX
8 TX
5 GND
2. C24 module communication
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
1 DCD
4 DTR
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
Q02U Series RS232 Cable
CPU port communication
- 223 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
2 RX
3 TX
2 TXD
1 RXD
5 GND 3 GND
Controller terminal
6pin Mini DIN(male)
com2
7 RX
8 TX
5 GND
5 CTS
6 RTS
Q Series RS485/422 Cable
C24 module communication
com0/com1
Controller
RS422
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
SDB
SDA
SG
RDB
RDA
4 TX-
9 TX+
QJ71C24N-R4 QJ71C24(N)
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.50 MKS controller
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
BY125 BY125 RS232 on the CPU unit MKS
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
BY125 BY125 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 11
- 224 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay CB 00-FF ------ HH
Register ------ CD00-FF HH
External Register ------ ERCD 0000.00-FFFF.FF HHHH.HH
Internal data processing
control address bit M1 0~9 H Read only
Internal data processing
control address bit M2 0~9 H Read only
Internal data processing
control address bit M3 0~9 H Read only
NOTE:
1ERCD is Extended register, the four position before radix point are C1,C2,C3,C4.The two
positions after radix point are S1, S2.
2Parameter code corresponding with CD are C1,C2;
3Parameter code corresponding with CB set to “1”;Eg:”Bit State Setting” part, addr type CB67, set
the state to “1”.
4) M1 correspond to parameter ":"; M2 correspond to parameter";"; M3 correspond to parameter"<";
Cable Diagram
MKS controller RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
- 225 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.51 Modbus
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module SIO type Driver
Modbus RTU
MODBUS
Compatible
External Device
RS232/485
on the CPU
unit Modbus RTU
Modbus RTU Extend RS232/485
on the CPU
unit
Modbus RTU Extend
Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485
on the CPU
unit Modbus RTU Slave
Modbus RTU MT500
compatible
RS232/485
on the CPU
unit
Modbus RTU MT500
compatible
Modbus ASCII RS232/485
on the CPU
unit Modbus ASCII
Modbus TCP Ethernet Modbus TCP
Modbus TCP Slave Ethernet Modbus TCP Slave
Modbus UDP
Ethernet
Modbus UDP
Modbus UDP Slave Ethernet Modbus UDP Slave
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Modbus RTU MODBUS
Compatible
External
Device
RS232/485
on the
CPU unit
RS232/RS48
5 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus RTU
Extend
RS232/485
on the
CPU unit
RS232/RS48
5 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485
on the
CPU unit
RS232/RS48
5
Setting Your owner cable
Modbus RTU
MT500 compatible
RS232/485
on the
CPU unit
RS232/RS48
5
Setting Your owner cable
Modbus ASCII
RS232/485
on the
CPU unit
RS232/RS48
5 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus TCP Ethernet Connection Configuration
Modbus TCP Slave Ethernet
Modbus UDP
Ethernet
Connection Configuration
Modbus UDP Slave Ethernet
Communication Setting
Modbus RTU protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 226 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:
1. Modbus RTU protocol supports broadcasting station number, but the radio function only supports write
operations, with a reading of properties for the components, can not use the radio function;
2. Radio features are used in two ways: First, write-only properties with components (Bit state setting
device, "switch" method, except); multi-state setting device, "add value", "sub value", "JOG++", "JOG--"
method excluded); Second, the use of macros, the macro programming, on the radio station to write the
address number.
Modbus RTU Extend protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Modbus RTU Slave protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 227 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus RTU MT500 compatible protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Modbus ASCII protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 228 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus TCP protocol
Network configuration
Modbus UDP protocol
Network configuration
- 229 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Modbus RTU
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay (read only)
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Register (read only) ------
3X
1-65535
DDDDD
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
Modbus RTU Extend
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only
Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD read only
Output Relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD
4X Single Write Relay
6X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Input Register
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
read only
Output Register ------ 4X
1-65535
DDDDD
4X Byte Swap
------
5X1-65535
DDDDD
4X single word write
------
6X1-65535
DDDDD
4X double word swap 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
3X double word swap 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
NOTE:
5X is the byte counter; 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit counter. The relation of them as
follow:
Word:
123 4
4X(1word)H
HL
34 1 2
5X(1word)H
byte swap
Dword:
- 230 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
12 3 4 5 6 7 8
4X-DINV(2word)
H
4X(2word)
5 6 781234 H
5X(2word)
7 8 5 6 3412 H
HL
byte swap
word swap
Text:
ABCD
4X(2word)
text-normal
BADC
text-byte swap
BADC
5X(2word)
text-normal
ABCD
text-byte swap
4443
4X(2word)
number-normal
4241 H
Modbus RTU Slave
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay LB 0-9999 ------ DDDDD Mapping to 0X 1~9999
Data Register
------
LW 0-65535
DDDDD
Mapping to 4X 1~9999
Modbus RTU MT500 compatible
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay
0X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay
1X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
read only
Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD read only
Output Relay
4X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Input Register
------
3X 1-65535
DDDDD
read only
Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD
Modbus ASCII
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Output Relay
0X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
Modbus TCP Slave
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only
Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD read only
- 231 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Data relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD.DD
Input Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD read only
Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
NOTE: 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit counter.
Modbus UDP Slave
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Output Relay
0X1-65535
------ DDDDD
Input Relay
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
read only
Input Register
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
read only
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
RS485 communication cable
Controller terminal
6 RX+
1 RX-
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
B
A
GND
Ethernet communication cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.52 MODROL
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MODROL IMS-GF3-4011E RS485 on the CPU unit MODROL
- 232 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
MODROL IMS-GF3-4011E RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
------
D_1 0-9999
DDDD
One byte
------
D_2 0-9999
DDDD
Two byte
------ D_3 0-9999 DDDD Three byte
Cable Diagram
MODROL RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
IMS-GF3
terminal
1 RX-
5 GND
6 RX+
S-
G
R+
com0/com1 R-
S+
- 233 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.53 OE MAX
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
NX7 NX7 RS232 on the CPU unit OE MAX NX7
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
NX7 NX7 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Input/Output Relay R 0.0–127.15
------
DDD.DD
General Relay L 0.0–63.15
------
DD.DD
General Relay M 0.0–127.15
------
DDD.DD
Keep Relay K 0.0–127.15
------
DDD.DD
Timer Relay TC 0255
------
DDD
Special Relay F 0.0–15.15
------
DD.DD
Internal HSC
------
R_word 0-127
DDD
General Register
------
L_word 0-63
DD
General Register
------
M_word 0-127
DDD
Keep Register
------
K_word 0-127
DDD
General Register
------
F_word 0-15
DD
Timer/Counter Register
------
SV_word 0-255
DDD
Timer/Counter Register
------
PV_word 0-255
DDD
- 234 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
General Register
------
W_word 0-2047
DDDD
Special Register
------
SR_word 0-511
DDD
Internal HSC
------
R_Dword 0-127
DDD
General Register
------
L_Dword 0-63
DD
General Register
------
M_Dword 0-127
DDD
Keep Register
------
K_Dword 0-127
DDD
Special Register
------
F_Dword 0-15
DD
Timer/Counter Register
------
SV_Dword 0-255
DDD
Timer/Counter Register
------
PV_Dword 0-255
DDD
General Register
------
W_Dword 0-2047
DDDD
Special Register
------
SR_Dword 0-511
DDD
Cable Diagram
Oemax RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
3 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
4.54 Omron Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
SYSMAC C CP1H
CP1L
CP1E
RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON C Series Host Link
OMRON CP Series Host Link
CP1W-CIF01
CP1W-CIF11/CIF12
C200H C200H-LK202
C120-LK201-V1
OMRON C Series Host Link
C200HS C200H-LK201
C200H-LK202
C120-LK201-V1
Link I/F on the CPU unit
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
C500
C500F
C1000H
C2000
C120-LK201-V1
C120-LK202-V1
C500-LK201-V1
C500-LK203
- 235 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
C2000H
C1000HF C500-LK201-V1
C500-LK203
C20H/28H/40H
Link I/F on the CPU unit
C20PF/28PF
C40PF/60PF
C120-LK201-V1
C120-LK202-V1
C120
C120F
C120-LK201-V1
C120-LK202-V1
CQM1-CPU11 Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CQM1-CPU21
CQM1-CPU41
CQM1-CPU42
CQM1-CPU43
CQM1-CPU44
CQM1-CPU41-V1
CQM1-CPU42-V1
CQM1-CPU43-V1
CQM1-CPU44-V1
RS232C port on the CPU unit
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CPM2C Peripheral port on the CPU unit
Peripheral port on
the CPM2C-CIF01
RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF01
RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF11
Terminal block on
the CPM2C-CIF11
CQM1H-CPU11
CQM1H-CPU21
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
RS232 on the CPU unit
CQM1H-CPU51
CQM1H-CPU61
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232C port on
the CQM1H-SCB41
RS422A/485 port on
the CQM1H-SCB41
CPM1
CPM1A
CPM1A-V1
CPM2AH
RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON C Series Host Link
OMRON CPM
Series Host
Link
SYSMAC
CJ2
CJ2M-CPU13 RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON CJ/
CS Series Host
Link
SYSMAC
CJ
CJ1G-CPU45
CJ1G-CPU44
CJ1G-CPU45H
RS232 on the CPU unit
- 236 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CJ1G-CPU44H
CJ1G-CPU43H
CJ1G-CPU42H
CJ1M-CPU23
CJ1M-CPU22
CJ1M-CPU21
CJ1M-CPU13
CJ1M-CPU12
CJ1M-CPU11
CJ1H-CPU66H
CJ1H-CPU65H
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CJ1W-SCU41
SYSMAC
CS
CS1G-CPU45
CS1G-CPU44
CS1G-CPU43
CS1G-CPU42
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CS1G-CPU45-V1
CS1G-CPU44-V1
CS1G-CPU43-V1
CS1G-CPU42-V1
CS1H-CPU67
CS1H-CPU66
CS1H-CPU65
CS1H-CPU64
CS1H-CPU63
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1H-CPU67-V1
CS1H-CPU66-V1
CS1H-CPU65-V1
CS1H-CPU64-V1
CS1H-CPU63-V1
RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON CJ/
CS Series Host
Link
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CS1W-SCU21
CS1W-SCB21
CS1W-SCB41
Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SYSMAC
CJ/CS
CJ2M-CPU35 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit OMRON CJ Series
Ethernet(TCP Slave)
CJ1W-ETN21
CJ2M-CPU3*
EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
Omron CJ/CS Series Ethernet
- 237 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CS1H
CS1G
CS1W-ETN21/EIP21 UDP Slave
CJ1W-ETN21/EIP21
CJ2H-***-EIP
SYSMAC NJ NJ*01 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
SYSMAC C
CP1L-EM EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
OMRON CP Series Ethernet
UDP Slave
CP1L-EL
CP1H
CP1L
EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CP1W-CIF41
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
SYSMAC C
CP1H
CP1L
CP1E
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CP1W-CIF01
CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
CPM2AH
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Setting
SYSMAC
CJ2 CJ2M-CPU13
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
SYSMAC CJ
CJ1G-CPU45
CJ1G-CPU44
CJ1G-CPU45H
CJ1G-CPU44H
CJ1G-CPU43H
CJ1G-CPU42H
CJ1M-CPU23
CJ1M-CPU22
CJ1M-CPU21
CJ1M-CPU13
CJ1M-CPU12
CJ1M-CPU11
CJ1H-CPU66H
CJ1H-CPU65H
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Peripheral port on
the CPU unit*1
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CJ1W-SCU41 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
SYSMAC
CS
CS1G-CPU45
CS1G-CPU44
CS1G-CPU43
CS1G-CPU42
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
- 238 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CS1G-CPU45-V1
CS1G-CPU44-V1
CS1G-CPU43-V1
CS1G-CPU42-V1
CS1H-CPU67
CS1H-CPU66
CS1H-CPU65
CS1H-CPU64
CS1H-CPU63
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1H-CPU67-V1
CS1H-CPU66-V1
CS1H-CPU65-V1
CS1H-CPU64-V1
CS1H-CPU63-V1
Periph
eral port on
the CPU unit*1
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CS1W-SCU21 RS232 Setting
Your owner cable
CS1W-SCB21 RS232 Setting
CS1W-SCB41
RS232 Setting
RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
*1 Must set the switch DIP 4 to be on
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
Connect Type
Parameter
Cable
SYSMAC
CJ/CS
CJ2M-CPU35
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
Ethernet(TCP
Slave)
Setting Your own cable
CJ1W-ETN21
CJ2M-CPU3*
CS1H
CS1G
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
EthernetUDP
Slave
Setting
Your own cable
CS1W-ETN21/EIP
21
CJ1W-ETN21/EIP
21
CJ2H-***-EIP
SYSMAC
NJ
NJ*01
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
SYSMAC
C
CP1L-EM
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit EthernetUDP
Slave
Setting Your own cable
CP1L-EL
CP1H
CP1L
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
CP1W-CIF41
- 239 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Serial Communication Setting
OMRON CP Series Host Link protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
NOTEMake sure that the switch DIP1~6 of PLC must be OFF when using OMRON CP Series Host Link
protocol.
NO. Setup contents default status
1 ON: write enable
OFF:write disable
OFF
2 ON: program automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up
OFF: program can’t automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up
OFF
3 OFF: OFF(default) OFF
4
ON: communication port1,Toolbus(default)
OFF:Port 1 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting
OFF
- 240 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
5 ON: communication port2,Toolbus(default)
OFF:Port 2 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting
OFF
6 ON: customer use ( A395.12 = ON)
OFF: customer use ( A395.12 = OFF)
OFF
OMRON C Series Host Link protocol
Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
OMRON CPM Series Host Link protocol
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
- 241 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Select custom communication parameters (non-standard communication parameters), the switch of
PLC must be OFF.
OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link protocol
RS232 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
NOTE1.CJ1M switch DIP: SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5, SW8 must be off, but SW4, SW6, SW7 are optional.
2. CJ1M switches DIP 1~8 are OFF (default).
RS485-4 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
- 242 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network Communication Setting
OMRON CJ Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
1. Double-click the IO table and the unit set, find the Ethernet communication module
- 243 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Double-click the Ethernet communication module, set the parameters
OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet(UDP Slave)
HMI Setting
- 244 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Attention HMI and PLC must be set in the same networkwhile the node ID should be different.
PLC Setting
Please use CX-Integrator to modify
1. Choose the right type to get the PLC and its software connected
2. Set the PLC into programming mode
3. Read the data and show the connected device
4. Double click the device to modify the related parameterfor example IP Address
- 245 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
5. Set the Network number and Node ID
1Network number
2You can change the Node ID by the switch on the deviceNODE No.
OMRON CP Series Ethernet(UDP Slave)
HMI Setting
- 246 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Type in IE the IP addressexhttp://192.168.11.33/C00.HTMand the passwordex:ETHERNET),then
you entry this interface.Later,you can modify the parameter.
Supported Device
- 247 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Omron C Series Host Link
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Hold Relay HR_bit 00.00-99.15 ------ DD.DD
Data Relay
DM_bit 0000.00-6655.15
------
DDDD.DD
Link Relay
LR_bit 00.00-63.15
------
DD.DD
Auxiliary Relay AR_bit 00.00-959.15 ------ DD.DD
Channel I/O CIO_IR_bit 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD
Counter Relay ------ CNT_word 000-511 DDD
Timer Relay ------ TIM_word 000-511 DDD
Hold Register ------ HR_word 00-99 DD
Data Register ------ DM_word 0000-6655 DDDD
Link Register ------ LR_word 00-63 DD
Auxiliary Register ------ AR_word 000-959 DDD
Channel I/O Register
------
CIO_IR_word 000-511
DDD
OMRON CP Series Host Link
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Work Relay W_bit 0.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD
Hold Relay
H_bit 0.00-1535.15
------
DDDD.DD
Data Relay D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD
Counter Relay C flag 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Timer Relay T flag 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Auxiliary Relay A_bit 0.00-959.15 ------ DDD.DD
Channel I/O CIO_bit 0.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Work Register
------
W_word 0-511
DDD
Hold Register ------ H_word 0-1535 DDDD
Data Register ------ D_word 0-32767 DDDDD
Counter Register
------
C_word 0-4095
DDDD
Timer Register ------ T_word 0-4095 DDDD
Auxiliary Register ------ A_word 0-959 DDD
Channel I/O Register ------ CIO_word 0-6143 DDDD
OMRON CPM Series Host Link
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Hold Relay HR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Link Relay LR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Auxiliary Relay AR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Internal Relay IR 0.00-4095.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Timer/Counter
Register ------ TC 0-255 DDD
Data Register ------ DM 0-9999 DDDD
OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link
- 248 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Channel I/O CIO 0000.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Internal Auxiliary Relay WR 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD
Special Auxiliary Relay AR 000.00-959.15 ------ DDD.DD
Latch Relay HR 000.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD
Timer (Timer Up Flag) TIM 0000-4095 ------ DDDD
Counter (Counter Up Flag)
CNT 0000-4095
------
DDDD
Data Memory DM 00000.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD
Extension Data Memory Relay(E0-EC)
E0 0.00-EC 32767.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Extension Data Memory(E0-EC)
------
E0 0-EC 32767
DDDDD
Channel I/O ------ CIO 0000-6143 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ WR 000-511 DDD
Special Auxiliary Relay ------ AR 000-959 DDD
Latch Relay ------ HR 000-511 DDD
Timer (current Value) ------ TIM 0000-4095 DDDD
Counter (Current Value) ------ CNT 0000-4095 DDDD
Data Memory ------ DM 00000-32767 DDDDD
Index Register ------ IR 00-15 DD
Data Register ------ DR 00-15 DD
OMRON CJ Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Channel IO CIO 0.00-6143.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Internal Auxiliary Relay W 0.00-511.15 ------ DDD.DD
Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-959.15 ------ DDD.DD
Latch Relay
H 0.0-511.15
------
DDD.DD
Timer Up Flag T 0-4095 ------ DDDD
Count Up Flag
C 0-4095
------
DDDD
TKB
TKB 0-31
------
DD
Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6142 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD
Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-959 DDD
Latch Relay ------ H 0-511 DDD
Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD
Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD
Extension Data Memory(E0-E18)
------
E0-E18 0-32767
DDDDD
EM ------ EM 0-32767 DDDDD
Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD
Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD
OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet (UDP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Channel IO CIO_bit ------ DDDD.DD
- 249 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
0.00-6143.15 CIO_FORCE ------
CIO_FORCE_RELEASE ------
CIO_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Internal Auxiliary Relay
0.00-511.15
W_bit ------
DDD.DD
W_FORCE ------
W_FORCE_RELEASE ------
W_RELEASE_STATUS
------
Latch Relay
0.0-1535.15
H_bit ------
DDDD.DD
H_FORCE
------
H_FORCE_RELEASE
------
H_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Timer Up Flag
0-4095
T_FLAG ------
DDDD
T_FORCE ------
T_FORCE_RELEASE ------
T_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Count Up Flag
0-4095
C_FLAG ------
DDDD
C_FORCE ------
C_FORCE_RELEASE ------
C_RELEASE_STATUS
------
Special Auxiliary Relay
A 0.0-11535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Extension Data Memory
0.00-32767.15
E0-9_bit ------ DDDDD.DD
EA-F_bit ------ DDDDD.DD
E10-18_bit ------- DDDDD.DD
Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD
TKB TK_FLAG 0-127 ------ DDD
Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay
------
W 0-511
DDD
Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDDD
Timer Current Value
------
T 0-4095
DDDD
Counter Current Value
------
C 0-4095
DDDD
Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-11535 DDDDD
Extension Data Memory
------
E0-E9 0-32767
EA-EF 0-32767
E10-E18 0-32767
EM 0-32767
DDDDD
Data Memory ------ D 0-32767 DDDDD
TK ------ TK0-127 DDD
Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD
Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD
OMRON CP Series Ethernet (UDP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
- 250 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Channel IO
0.00-6143.15
CIO_bit ------
DDDD.DD
CIO_FORCE ------
CIO_FORCE_RELEASE ------
CIO_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Internal Auxiliary Relay
0.00-511.15
W_bit ------
DDD.DD
W_FORCE ------
W_FORCE_RELEASE
------
W_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Latch Relay
0.0-1535.15
H_bit
------
DDDD.DD
H_FORCE
------
H_FORCE_RELEASE ------
H_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Timer Up Flag
0-4095
T_FLAG ------
DDDD
T_FORCE ------
T_FORCE_RELEASE ------
T_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Count Up Flag
0-4095
C_FLAG ------
DDDD
C_FORCE ------
C_FORCE_RELEASE
------
C_RELEASE_STATUS
------
Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-959.15 ------ DDDDD.DD
Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ DDDDD.DD
TKB TK_FLAG 0-31 ------ DDD
Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD
Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDDD
Timer Current Value
------
T 0-4095
DDDD
Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD
Special Auxiliary Relay
------
A 0-959
DDDDD
Data Memory
------
D 00000-32767
DDDDD
TK ------ TK0-31 DDD
Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD
Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable
1. RS232 on the CPU unit or CP1W-CIF01\CS1W-SCU21\CS1W-SCB21 etc. module
- 251 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
3 RD
2 SD
9 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
2. Peripheral port on the CPU unitOMRON CJ\CS series
When connecting the peripheral port on the CPU by the conversion adapter, set DIP4 to on.
RS422 Communication Cable
1. CJ1W-SCU41\ CJ1W-SCB41 module
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
1 SDA-
2 SDB+
6 RDA-
8 RDB+
4 TX-
9 TX+
Controller module
9pin D-SUB(male)
com0/com1
2. CP1W-CIF11/CP1W-CIF12 module
NOTECP1W-CIF11 is without photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 50
m. CP1W-CIF12 is with photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 500 m. Other
parameters specification and DIP switch settings are the same.
DIP CONTENT
1 ON YesBoth sides Terminal resistance selection
OFF
No
2 ON
2-wires
RS485
23 must be the same.
OFF
4-wires
RS422A
3
ON
2-wires
RS485
OFF 4-wiresRS422A
4 ----- ----- N/A
5 ON With RS control Set ON when loop back is forbidden.
OFF Without RS controlReceive
6 ON With RS control If connecting to multiple devices, s
et ON when
using RS422A, it must set as ON.
OFF Without RS controlSend
- 252 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
SDA-
SDB+
FG
RDA-
RDB+
4 TX-
9 TX+
Controller
RS422 terminal
com0/com1
NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module for communication, if it uses 1:1 and
RS422 communication, it need to set all the DIP Switch SW1~6 as OFF. If it uses 1:N and RS422
communication, it need to set DIP Switch SW1~5 as OFF and SW6 as ON.
RS485 communication cable
CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 module
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
RS422 terminal
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
SDA-
SDB+
FG
RDA-
RDB+
NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module and RS485 communication, please make
sure the DIP Switch SW1 of CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 as OFF, and set SW2,SW3,SW5,SW6 as
ON.SW4 can be set as ON or OFF.
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.55 OMRON E5EZ-R3(Temperature Controller)
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
OMRON E5EZ-R3
E5EZ-R3 RS485 on the CPU unit
Omron E5EZ-R3
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
OMRON
E5EZ-R3
OMRON
E5EZ-R3
RS485 on the
CPU unit
RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
- 253 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
Supported Device
OMRON E5EZ-R3
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Variable ------ 0.0 0.A (C0 read only) DDD.HH Main addr indicates variable
type 0(C0),1(C1),2(C3)
subaddress indicates address
of variable type
1.0 1.2D (C1)
2.0 2.5B (C3)
Action Command ------ 0-8 H
State 0-31 ------ DD Show the bit value of 0001
statein C0
Abnormal Input 0 ------ D The 6th value of C0
0001(state) Abnormal Input
NOTE: H indicates hexadecimal
Action Command address and other informations
Addr command content Notes
0 Communication write
00:OFFdisable
Before writing data, "Communication
write" command is "01” ON (enable)",
otherwise it writes disable
01:ON enable
1 Run/Stop 00Run
01Stop
2 Multi-segment SP
00
Setting value 0
Must set the value of variable(addr:3.1A )to
1(ON) for writing correctly, otherwise it
can’t write-in.
01
Setting value 1
02
Setting value 2
03Setting value 3
- 254 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3 AT execute/stop 00stop
01AT execute
4 write-in mode 00save
01RAM
5 RAM storage 00
6 Soft reset 00
7
Setting area1 shift
00
8 Protection value shift 00
Please refer to the communication protocol for details.
NOTE
Make sure the setting value be the same as the plc’s station No.
Must be the same as the station No. of HMI
Before writing data, "Communication write" command must is "01” ON (enable)", otherwise it
writes disable
Cable Diagram
RS485-2 communication cable
HMI terminal 9pin D-
SUB female/male Controller
Rs485 terminal
12 B
13 A
6 RX+
1 RX -
com0/com1
RS232 communication, need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
3 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
4.56 OPTO 22
Ethernet Communication (nonsupport Direct Online Simulation)
Series CPU Link Module Driver
OPTO 22 SNAP-UP1-ADS Ethernet OPTO 22 SNAP Ethernet(TCP)
System configuration
- 255 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
OPTO 22 SNAP-UP1-ADS Ethernet Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Bit Table B0-65535 ——
DDDDD
Bit Table
BT0.000-65535.255
——
DDDDD.DDD
Integer 32
——
N32 0-65535
DDDDD
Float —— FN0-65535 DDDDD
UP Timer —— UTN0-65535 DDDDD
Down Timer —— DTN0-65535 DDDDD
PID parameter —— PIDSN0.00-32.06 DDDDD.DD
Integer 32 Table —— NT0.000-65535.255 DDDDD.DDD
Float Table —— FT0.000-65535.255 DDDDD.DDD
Editing Macro, please refer to the type table:
Register
Type
N32 Double
FN Float
DTN
Float
UTN Float
PID
Input
Float
SetPoint
Float
Output Float
Gain Float
- 256 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Tune I Float
Tune D Float
Mode Double
IN BIT
QN BIT
PIN Float
PQN
Float
NT Double
FT
Float
B
BIT(the attribute of B is the same as N32 in the PLC software)
BT BIT(the attribute of BT is the same as NT in the PLC software)
NOTE
1 The configuration in OPTO 22 software must be the same as the configuration in EV5000
software
truee.g.: define Float in the OPTO 22 softwareF1
Select FN device in the EV5000 software, address: 1.
Communicate correctly
errore.g.: define Float in the OPTO 22 softwareF0001
Select FN device in the EV5000 software, address: 1.
Communicate error
2 PIDSN correspondence
If it set up PID1 in the OPTO 22 software, it can show the values of Input, SetPoint, Output, Gain,
Tune I, Tune D, and Mode.
In the Ev5000 software, PIDSN format DDDDD.DD, Address can be written in 1.**.( the main address
in front of decimal point corresponding to the OPTO 22 of PID1 1 ,sub-addr refer to the table. the table
as follows:
Sub AddressExample PID11 is sub address
Corresponding Value
1.00 Input
1.01
SetPoint
1.02
Output
1.03 Gain
1.04 Tune I
1.05 Tune D
1.06 Mode
Cable Diagram
Ethernet communication cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
- 257 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.57 Panasonic Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FP FP Σ
Tool port on the Control unit
Panasonic FP
AFPG801
AFPG802
AFPG803
AFPG806
FP0
FP1
FP-M
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
FP2
FP2SH
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
AFP2462
AFP2465+(AFP2803,AFP2804, FP2805)
FP3
Tool port on the Control unit
AFP3462
FP-e Tool port on the Control unit
AFPE224300
AFPE224302
AFPE224305
AFPE214322
AFPE214325
FP10SH
FP10S
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
AFP3462
FP-X
RS232C port on the Control unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
FP
FP
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C Setting
Your owner cable
AFPG801
Your owner cable
AFPG802
AFPG806
AFPG803 RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable
AFPG806
FP0 Tool port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
RS232C port on the Control unit
Your owner cable
FP1
FP-M
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C Setting
Your owner cable
RS232C port on the Control unit Your owner cable
FP2 Tool port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
- 258 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FP2SH RS232C port on the Control unit
Your owner cable
AFP2462
AFP2465
AFP2803
AFP2804
RS422(4 wire)
Setting
Your owner cable
AFP2805 RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable
FP3
Tool port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
AFP3462 Your owner cable
AFP3463 RS422(4 wire) Setting Your owner cable
FP-e
Tool port on the Control unit RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
AFPE224300
RS232C Your owner cable AFPE214325
AFPE224305
AFPE224302
RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable
AFPE214322
FP10SH
FP10S
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C Setting
Your owner cable
RS232C port on the Control unit Your owner cable
AFP3462
FP-X RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
NOTE
1. Only FP0 (C10CRM/C10CRS/C14CRM/C14CRS/C16T/C16CP/C32CT/C32CP) has RS232C port.
2. Only FP1 (C24/C40/C56/C72) has RS232C port.
3. Only FP1(C20R/C20T/C32T)has RS232C port.
4. AFP245 is the communication Package of FP2/FP2SH. AFP2803, AFP2084 and AFP2085 are the
communications module of AFP2465.
Communication Setting
RS232 communication
RS485 communication
- 259 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS422 communication
Supported Device
FP Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay X0.0~9999.F ------ DDDD.H
Input Relay Y0.0~9999.F ------ DDDD.H
Timer T0~9999 ------ DDDD
Counter C0~9999 ------ DDDD
Link Relay L0.0~32767.F ------ DDDDD.H
Internal Auxiliary/Relay
R0.0~32767.F
------
DDD.H
T/C Elapsed Value ------ EV0~32767 DDDDD
T/C Setting Value
------
SV0~9999
DDDD
Data Register
------
DT0~99999
DDDDD
Input Word WX0~9999 DDDD
Output Word WY0~9999 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary/Relay WR0~32767 DDDDD
Link Data Register LD0~99999 DDDDD
- 260 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Link Relay WL0~32767 DDDDD
File Register FL0~99999 DDDDD
NOTE
1. Example: X address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the EV5000; X address: 1F in the PLC
corresponds to 1.F in the EV5000.Y\R register address, and so on.
2. EV registers in the range of addresses on the touch screen can be set to 32767, but only supports the
9999 agreement.
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication
Tool port:
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
Controller terminal
5 pin Mini Din (male)
3 RXD
2 TXD
1 GND
CPU port:
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
Controller terminal
FP0 CPU RS232C port
RD
SD
SG
S R G
COM port:
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1 Controller terminal
CPU RS232 9pin male
4 RTS
5 CTS
8 CD
3 RXD
2 TXD
7 GND
9 ER
Communication module:
- 261 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
Controller RS232
communication module
terminal
RD
SD
SG
RS485 communication
Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
-
+
com0/com1
1 RX-
6 RX+
RS422 communication
FP3 RS422 programming port:
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
9 TX+
9 TXDA
2 TXDB
10 RXDA
4 TX-
5 GND 7 GND
3 RXDB
4 RTA+
Controller terminal
15 pin D-SUB male
11 RTS-
5 CTS+
12 CTS-
Another module RS422 communication:
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
9 TX+ 3 RD+
4 TX- 5 RD-
Controller RS422 terminal
9 pin D-SUB male
6 RX+ 2 SD+
1 RX- 4 SD-
4.58 Parker AutomationServo Controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
- 262 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Parker Compax3 Compax3 RS232 on CPU unit Parker Compax3
RS485 on CPU unit
Parker SLVD Series SLVD 15NS RS485 on the CPU unit Parker SLVD Series
Parker 6k 6K4 RS232 on the CPU unit Parker 6k
ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B RS232 on the CPU unit Parker ACR9000
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Parker
Compax3 Compax3 RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485
on CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Parker SLVD
Series
SLVD
Series RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Parker 6k 6K4 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
ACR9040 ACR904
0-P3-B RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Parker Compax3 protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS232 Communication
RS485-2 Communication
- 263 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
NOTE: RS-485 Settings can be made in the C3 Servo Manager under “RS485 settings”
RS485-2 setting:
RS485-4 setting:
Parker SLVD Series protocol
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0
RS422 communication
- 264 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Parker 6K protocol
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, none; station: 0
NOTE: Don’t support RS485 communication mode
Parker ACR9000 protocol
Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1station NO.0
- 265 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Parker Compax3
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
R_Bit 0.0-9999999.31
------
DDDDDDD.DD
------
R_Float 0.0-9999.511
DDDD.DDD
------
R_Int 0.0-9999.511
DDDD.DDD
NOTE: R_Bit device is the bit format of R_Int device. The address of R_Bit device is DDDDDDD.DD,
the first seven position indicate the address of R_Int, the last two positon indicate 32-bit
SLVD Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Note
Pr_Bit 0-9999.15 ------ DDDD.DD
Pr_Byte ------ 0-9999 DDDD
Pr_Word ------ 0-9999 DDDD
Pr_DWord ------ 0-9999 DDDD
6k Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit in register VARB_bit 1.00~125.31 ------
DDD
Read only
KILL 0 ------
S 0 ------
C 0 ------
PS 0 ------
HALT 0
------
RUN 0 ------
- 266 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
TAS_Bit 1.01-2.32 ------
TSS_Bit 1-32 ------
TIN_Bit 1.01-3.32 ------
TOUT_Bit 1.01-3.32 ------
The 32-bit hexadecimal value
in register ------ VARB 1~125 DDD Read only
The integer
number value in
register ------ VAR_Int 1~225 DDDD
The real number value in
register ------ VAR_Float 1~225 DDD
------ VAR 1~255 DDD
------
VARS 1~255
DDD
------ A 1~255 DDD
------
AD 1~255
DDD
------
V 1~255
DDD
------ DRIVE 1~255 DDD
------ TAS 1~2 D
------ TPC 1~255 DDD
------ TPE 1~255 DDD
------ TER 0 D
------
TSS 0
D
------
TIN 1~3
D
------ TOUT 1~3 D
NOTE: VARB configuration software need to use hexadecimal data type, integer-bit to 8 bits.
ACR9000
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
P_low16bit
0.0~99999.f
------
DDDDD.FF
P_high16bit
0.0~99999.f
------
DDDDD.FF
P_int32
------
0~99999
DDDDD
P_float
------
0~99999
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
Parker Compax3 Series
RS232 Communication Cable
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
RS485-2 Communication Cable
- 267 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
RS485 terminal
1 RX-
6 RX+
3 Tx-
7 Tx+
1 Enable
9 (+5V)
RS485-4 Communication Cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
3 Tx-
7 Tx+
1 Enable
9 (+5V)
Controller
RS485 terminal
4 Tx-
9 TX+
8 Rx-
2 Rx+
5 GND 5 GND
SLVD Series
RS485-2 Communication Cable
Controller
15 pin X1terminal(female)
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
7 TX-
12 TX+
4 TX-
9 TX+
2 RX-
1 RX+
com0/com1
6k/9000 Series
RS232 Communication Cable
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
- 268 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.59 PMAC Motion Controller
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
PC/104 PC/104 RS232 on the CPU unit PMAC series
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
PC/104 PC/104 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1; station: 0
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I variable
------
I 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
M variable
------
M 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
P variable
------
P 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
Q variable
------
Q 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
I variable Float
------
I_float 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
P variable Float
------
P_float 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
Q variable Float
------
Q_float 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
report position of motor
------
POS 0
D
R
report velocity of motor
------
VEL 0
D
R
report following error of motor
------
FER 0
D
R
common manual and programming command
------
ORD/JOG* 0-9999
DDDD
W
- 269 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Run current program
------
RUN 0-9999
DDDD
W
Halt program
------
HLT 0-9999
DDDD
W
NOTESome addresses in I variable devices are on with hex number, when single float number on, all bits
which can’t be transformed into hex numbers will be “0”
PMAC common manual commands
(0) ORD/JOG 0000 j+:continual positive rotation command
(1) ORD/JOG 0010 j- continual reverse rotation command
(2) ORD/JOG 0020 j/ stop command
(3) ORD/JOG 0030 j=constant
(4) ORD/JOG 0040 jconstant
(5) ORD/JOG 0050 j ^
(6) ORD/JOG 0060 # n
(7) ORD/JOG 0070 homehm):manual reset zero commands
(8) ORD/JOG 0080 homezhmz):manual reset zero position commands
PMAC common programming commands
(0) ORD/JOG 0100& n
(1) ORD/JOG 0110B m R
(2) ORD/JOG 0120B m S
(3) ORD/JOG 0130Actrl A):Stop movement program
(4) ORD/JOG 0140Kctrl K):Stop movement program and close enable signal
(5) ORD/JOG 0150 Enable PLC nEnable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31
(6) ORD/JOG 0160 Disable PLC nDisable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
3 TXD
5 RXD
9 GND
2 DTR
7 DSR
4 CTS
6 RTS
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
4.60 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
- 270 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
AURORA PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W RS485 on the port Aurora PV
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
AURO
RA PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 2
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Time Registerdouble word ------ Time 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0
Energy Registerdouble word ------ Energy 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0
Status variable Registerdouble word ------ Measure 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0
Hardware versiondouble word ------ Fireware 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0
Software versiondouble word ------ Version 0-9999 DDDD
Device sequence No.double word ------ SN 0-9999 DDDD
Device IDdouble word ------ PN 0-9999 DDDD
Device work status ------ State 0-9999 DDDD
Cable Diagram
NOTE: AURORA Wind Inverter supports two connection modes, please refer to the manual of power-one
Corporation for details.
1. Connect with RS485 port
- 271 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
RS485
terminal
1 Rx-(A)
6 Rx+(B)
5 GND
5 -T/R
4 +T/R
3 RTN
2. Connect with RJ12
com0/com1
1 Rx-(A)
6 Rx+(B)
5 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
terminal
RJ12(male)
4 -T/R
2 +T/R
6 RTN
4.61 Profibus DP Slave
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SIMATIC
S7-300/400
ALL CPUs that have
the DP port
PROFIBUS DP port on the
External Device
Profibus DP Slave
Other comp
any devices which support
PROFIBUS DP Master
PROFIBUS DP port
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Parameter SIP Type
SIMATIC
S7-300/400
ALL CPUs that have
the DP port
PROFIBUS DP port on the
External Device Setting
Profibus
Other company devices which support
PROFIBUS DP Master
PROFIBUS DP port Setting
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 272 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTEInput and Output Modules should match with Master Configuration.
PLC Setting
NOTE: you can find kinco.gsd in the fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download
from www.kinco.cn.
1. Setup kinco.gsd file
Setup GSD file in the s7-300 software.
Process:
1. Closed all the station in HW Config
2.choose “option” > “install GSD file”.
3.Find out the folder of eview.gsd.
4.Choose eview.gsd, and then click the install button.
You can find the ico in PROFIBUS DP\MMI, after installing
2. configuration setting
(1) Make a new project in s7-300 through the guide
(2) We must use OB82OB86OB100OB121 and OB122 in BLOCK, or system will go wrong when PLC
is power-up.
(3) Double click HW Config, choose “DP” and right click “add master station”.
- 273 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
(4) Right clickchoose “Insert Object”
Click “Kinco_MT5K_ProfibusDP_V1.0”set address.
NOTE: the address No. of DP master station and slave can not be same.
(5) Input and output setting
- 274 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
(6) Profibus DP Slave has adaption functionyou can change the transmission rate of DP master station,
maximum is 12Mbps.
(7) Double click slave ico, then set User_Prm_Data (0) =01
- 275 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Direct I/O Input LW.B8500.0~8615.F ———— DDDD.H
Direct I/O Output LW.B8000.0~8115.F ———— DDDD.H
Direct I/O Input ———— LW8500~8615 DDDD correspond PIW
Direct I/O Output ———— LW8000~8115 DDDD correspond PQW
Direct I/O Input ———— LW8500~8615(Data
width is dword) DDDD correspond PID
Direct I/O Output ———— LW8000~8115(Data
width is dword) DDDD correspond PQD
NOTE: When use either PID or PQD, you must set User_Prm_Data (0) =1 if HMI communication with the
DP port of Siemens; Other company devices which support PROFIBUS DP Master, default
User_Prm_Data (0) =0.
Cable Diagram
A-type violet cable
4.62 RF-IC (Card Reader)
Serial Communication
- 276 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RF-IC RF-IC RS232 on the CPU unit RF-IC
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RF-IC RF-IC RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit
LB 8999 ------ DDDD
------ LW 8900 DDDD
NOTE: LB8999 means bar code has received or not. LB8999=1 means data has received.
Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 TXD
3 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
4.63 RKC Instrument INC.
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
RKC CH CH402WK02-VV*AN-5N CPU direct RKC CH402
- 277 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
RKC
CH
CH402WK02-V
V*AN-5N
RS485 the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS485 communication
PLC Setting
Press “SET” key and “R/S” key at one time,then press the SET key and select parameters:
Add Address *1
bPS Baudrate *2
bIT data instruction *3
InT transmission delay *4
*1: Two bits ASCII code. Example 23, instrument number must 23(32H 33H)
*2: Baudrate controlled by code as below; default value: 2
02400 bps
14800 bps
29600 bps
319200 bps
*3: data instruction controlled by code as below; default value: 0
ID Data bit parity stop bit
0 8 none 1
1 8 none 2
2 7 odd 1
3 7 odd 2
- 278 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4 7 even 1
5 7 even 2
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Alarm 1 status AA: 0 ------ D Read only
Burnout
B1: 0
------
D
Read only
PID control/Autotuning G1: 0 ------ D R/W
Alarm 2 status
AB: 0
------
D
Read only
RUN/STOP transfer
SR: 0
------
D
R/W
Self-tuning G2:0 ------ D R/W
Measured value ------ M1: 0 D Read only
Current transfomer input1 ------ M2: 0 D Read only
Current transfomer input2 ------ M3: 0 D Read only
Error code
------
ER: 0
D
Read only
Set value(SV1) ------ S1: 0 D R/W
Alarm 1 setting ------ A1: 0 D R/W
Alarm 2 setting
------
A2: 0
D
R/W
Heater break alarm 1 setting ------ A3: 0 D R/W
Heater break alarm 2 setting ------ A4: 0 D R/W
Control loop break alarm ------ A5: 0 D R/W
Heat-side proportional band ------ P1: 0 D R/W
Integral time ------ I1: 0 D R/W
Derivative time ------ D1: 0 D R/W
Anti-reset windup
------
W1: 0
D
R/W
Cool-side proportional band ------ P2: 0 D R/W
Overlap/deadband
------
V1: 0
D
R/W
Heat-side proportioning cycle
------
T0: 0
D
R/W
Cool-side proportioning cycle ------ T1: 0 D R/W
PV bias ------ PB: 0 D R/W
Set data lock function ------ LK: 0 D R/W
Cable Diagram
RS485 Communication Cable
com0/com1 Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
485-
485+
GND
CAN bus Communication Cable
- 279 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI CAN terminal
9pin D-SUB female
2 CAN_L
7 CAN_H
2 CAN_L
7 CAN_H
Controller CAN terminal
9 pin D-SUB female/male
CAN
4.64 Saia-Burgess
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
PCS
PCS1.C8
RS232 on the CPU unit
Saia SBus
PCD
PCD2.M110
PCD2.M120
PCD2.M150
PCD2.M170
PCD2.M480
RS232 on the CPU unit
Systems Configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
PCS PCS1.C8 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
PCD PCD2.M110 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80
RS232 communication
- 280 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Input
I0-8091 ------ DDDDD
Output
O0-8091 ------ DDDDD
Flag
F0-8091 ------ DDDD
Timer
------ T0-1599 DDDD
Counter
------ C0-1599 DDDD
Register
------ R0-4095 DDDD
Register
support single float point
------
R_Float0-4095 DDDD
Cable Diagram
PCS1.C8
RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
RS485 communication cable
- 281 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
com0/com1
Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX- X1-1
X1-2
6 RX+
X1-3
5 GND
PCD2.M110
RS232 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RXD 3 TXD
2 RXD
6 DSR
3 TXD
4 DTR
5 GND 5 GND
8 CTS
7 RTS
7 RTS
8 CTS
4.65 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller)
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Sailsors D9 Swp-T16-80-08-N RS232 on the CPU unit Sailsors D9
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
Sailsors D9 Swp-T16-80-08-N
RS485 on the CPU
unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80
RS485 communication
- 282 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Channel Sample Value ------ CH 0~16 DD
Channel Indexing ------ SN 1~16 DD
Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
DATA-
DATA+
4.66 Schneider Electric, Ltd.
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Micro TSX3705001
TSX 37 05 028DR1
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1
TSX 37 10 128DR1
TSX 37 10 128DTK1
TSX 37 10 164DTK1
TSX 37 10 028AR1
TER port on the CPU Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay
Modbus RTU
- 283 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001
TSX 37 22 001
Premium TSX P57 103M
TSX P57 153M
TSX P57 203M
TSX P57 253M
TSX P57 303M
TSX P57 353M
TSX P57 453M
TER port on the CPU
Nano TSX 07 3L 28
TSX 07 30 10
TSX 07 31 16
TSX 07 31 24
TSX 07 32 28
TSX 07 33 28
Programming port on CPU
Twido TWD LCAA 10DRF
TWD LCAA 16DRF
TWD LCAA 24DRF
TWD LMDA 20DTK
TWD LMDA 20DUK
TWD LMDA 20DRT
TWD LMDA 40DTK
TWD LMDA 40DUK
RS485 on the CPU unit Schneider Twido Modbus RTU
System configuration
Series CPU Link
Module Driver COMM
Type Parameter Cable
Modicon
TSX
TSX3705001
TSX3705001
TSX 37 05 028DR1
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1
TSX 37 10 128DR1
TSX 37 10 128DTK1
TSX 37 10 164DTK1
TSX 37 10 028AR1
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001
TSX 37 22 001
RS485 on
the CPU unit
Schneider
Modicon
Uni-TelWay
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
- 284 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
TSX3705001
TSX3705001
TSX 37 05 028DR1
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1
TSX 37 10 128DR1
TSX 37 10 128DTK1
TSX 37 10 164DTK1
TSX 37 10 028AR1
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001
TSX 37 22 001
RS485 on
the CPU unit
Modbus
RTU
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Twido
TWD LCAA 10DRF
TWD LCAA 16DRF
TWD LCAA 24DRF
TWD LMDA 20DTK
TWD LMDA 20DUK
TWD LMDA 20DRT
TWD LMDA 40DTK
TWD LMDA 40DUK
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay protocol
Default communication9600, 8, odd, 1; station:1
RS232 communication
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)
RS485 communication
- 285 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3(OTHER Direct)
RS485 communication
- 286 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
PL7 software setting
1. Start menu“modicum telemecanique” XWAY Driver Manager” to set communication parameter
2. Pop-up to select “UNITELWAY Driver””Configuration””Edit” to modify communication
parameter
3. Press ”OK” and pop up the following tips
- 287 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4. And then click ”XWAY Test””Connect”, if the connection is successful, it will clue “Connected”
5. Open the PL7 software”Create new project” click “Hardware configuration”double-click pop-up
window “Comm”
Unitel-way protocol setting as follow:
- 288 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus RTU protocol setting as follow:
6. Setting up the configuration and download the project to the PLC
Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct).
RS232 communication
- 289 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
PLC Setting
1. Specify a large number for the internal word in the Controller Memory Use Editand load the
configuration into the PLC to open the memory area for the words. If set the internal word 3000, you can
use address of MW before 3000.
- 290 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. You must program a coil with maximum address to open the memory area for the Bits. If you
program a coil with 127 addresses, then the address before 127 can be used.
Supported Device
Modicon TSX
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Internal Relay
S00000-32767
------ DDDDD
Auxiliary Relay M00000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Data Register Relay
MW.B0000-9999.F
------ DDDD.H
Data register
------
MW0000-7999 DDDD
Data register double word
------
MD0000-7999 DDDD
Twido
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay
0X 1-9999
------ DDDD
Input Relay (read only)
1X 1-9999
------ DDDD
Input Register (read only)
------
3X 1-9999 DDDD
Output Register
------
4X 1-9999 DDDD
NOTE:
The M register in the software of TWIDO corresponds to 0X in the ev5000 software; MW corresponds
to 4X.The HMIs address must plus 1 to correspond with the address of PLC.
e.g.: M0 corresponds to 0X1.
Don’t use 1X, 3X device, because there is no correspondence with the PLC.
Cable Diagram
Uni-TelWay protocol
RS232 communication cable
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)Add a direct
line
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
2 D-
1 D+
7 GND
Modicon modbus protocol
RS232 communication cable
- 291 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC software setting: “Hardware Configuration”double click “Ccom” to select “MODBUS/BUS
LINK”; others are default parameters.
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3 (OTHER Direct)
RS485 communication cable
PLC software setting: “Hardware Configuration”double click “Ccom” to select “ MODBUS/BUS
LINK”; Others are default parameters.
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
2 D-
1 D+
5 DPT
7 GND
Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol
RS232 communication cable
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
2 B-
1 A+
5 DPT
7 GND
4.67 SHIMADEN FP23
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FP23 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit SHIMADEN FP23
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
FP23 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 292 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
State instructions(Write Only) Ctrl_Write 184-252 ------ HHH
Sequence code(Read Only) ------ Array Code 0-3 H
Basic parameter valueRead Only ------ Basic_Read 00-42 HH
OUT1_W,OUT2_W(Write Only) ------ Out_Write 0-1 H
PV1
PV2
Read Only
------
PV_Read 0-1
H
ReferenceRead & Write ------ Reference 300-952 HHH
Basic_Read operatable address
PLC addr
HEX
Parameter R/W Parameters mean
00H PV_W Read Measurements
01H
SV_W Read Setting value
02H OUT1_W Read Output1 value
03H
OUT2_W Read Output2 value
04H
EXE_FLG Read Execute_flagno execute=0
05H
EV_FLG Read Event_flagno event output 0000
06H Reserve Read value:0000H
07H
EXE_PID Read Execute_PID No.
09H HB_W Read Heater break alarm
0AH
HL_W Read Heater loop alarm
0BH
DI_FLG Read DI status flag
10H
UNIT Read Measurement unit
11H RANGE Read Measuring range
12H
CJ Read Cold junction compensation 0=Internal 1=External
13H DP Read Decimal position, 0=none 1=0.1 2=0.01 3=0.001 4=0.0001
- 293 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
14H
SC_L Read PV lower limit side scaling
15H
SC_H Read PV higher limit side scaling
16H
DPFLG Read 0=show 1=cancel
20H
E_PRG Read
Execute flag of program
21H
E_PTN Read Execution step No. of step loop
22H Reserve Read Reserve
23H
E_RPT Read Curve repeat time
24H E_STP Read Execution count of step loop
25H
E_TIM
Read
Step time
26H
E_PID Read PID No. execution
29H
E_STPRPT
Read
Number of steps
42H POSI Read
Seven switches
feedback 0-100
Ctrl_Write operatable address example
PLC addrHEX Parameter R/W Parameters mean
184H AT write Execution automatically adjustment 0OFF1ON
18CH
COM write Communication Protocol0: LOC 1: COM
Reference operatable address example
PLC Addr
HEX
Parameter R/W Parameters mean
300H FIX_SV R/W FIX mode SV: in the limit range of SV
460H
PB21 R/W ratio coefficient0.0 to 999.9(0.0=OFF)
About device address details, please refer to the FP23 communication protocol.
Show: H indicates HEX
Note: 1Setting the parameters of ADDR address, the settings must be the same as the corresponding PLC
station.
2When Connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be
set different ADDR value.
Cable Diagram
FP23 programmable PID regulator of 8 point and 10 point must be shorted or communications
failure
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
Controller
RS485接线端
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 TX+
14 RD-
13 SD+
- 294 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.68 SIEMENS
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
S7-200
CPU212
CPU214
CPU215
CPU216
CPU221
CPU222
CPU224
CPU226
CPU224 XP CN
CPU226 XP CN
RS485 on the CPU unit
SIEMENS S7-200
S7-200 SMART CR40
SR20 RS485 on the CPU unit
S7-300
CPU312IFM
CPU313
CPU313C
CPU314
CPU314IFM
CPU315
CPU315-2 DP
CPU316
CPU316-2 DP
CPU318-2
MPI port on the CPU unit
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC
Adapter Direct)
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI
Direct) *1
S7-400
CPU412-1
CPU412-2 DP
CPU412-3H
CPU413-1
CPU413-2 DP
CPU414-1
CPU414-2 DP
CPU414-3 DP
CPU416-1
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4
MPI port on the CPU unit
S7-300
CPU312IFM
CPU313
CPU313C
CPU314
MPI port on the CPU unit SIEMENS MPI*2
- 295 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CPU314IFM
CPU315
CPU315-2 DP
CPU316
CPU316-2 DP
CPU318-2
NOTE 1. *
1
:The protocol is suitable
for the MT5020 series with MPI extended port. This
protocol supports multi HMI to multi PLC communication
2. *2 : The protocol is suitable for the MT4000 series HMI in 2013 November factory.
This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication
Ethernet Communication (Direct online simulation disable)
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SIMATIC S7-200
CPU222
CPU224
CPU224 XP
CPU226
CP 243-1 IT
CP 243-1
SIEMENS S7-200
Ethernet (TCP Slave)
SMART S7-200 CR40
SR20 Ethernet interface on CPU
SIEMENS S7-200
SMART
Ethernet (TCP
Slave)
SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU1214C CPU
SIEMENS S7-1200
Ethernet (TCP Slave)
SIMATIC S7-300
CPU315-2DP CP 343-1 IT
CP 343-1 SIEMENS S7-300
Ethernet (TCP Slave)
CPU315-2 PN/DP
CPU317-2 PN/DP
CPU319-3 PN/DP
Ethernet interface on CPU
SIMATIC S7-400
CPU412-1
CPU412-2 DP
CPU412-3H
CPU413-1
CPU413-2 DP
CPU414-1
CPU414-2 DP
CPU414-3 DP
CPU416-1
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4
CPU414-3 PN/DP
CPU416-3 PN/DP
CP 443-1 IT
CP 443-1 SIEMENS S7-400
Ethernet
(TCP Slave)
CPU414-3 PN/DP
CPU416-3 PN/DP
Ethernet interface
on CPU
- 296 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
BUS Communication
Please refer to 4.59 Profibus DP Slave.
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
S7-200
CPU222
CPU224
CPU226
CPU224 XP CN
CPU226 XP CN
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
S7-200
SMART
CR40
SR20
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
S7-300 CPU312IFM
CPU313
CPU313C
CPU314
CPU314IFM
CPU315
CPU315-2 DP
CPU316
CPU316-2 DP
CPU318-2
MPI port on the CPU unit RS232
S7-300/400
(PC Adapter
Direct)
protocol
Setting Your owner cable
RS485
S7-300/400
(MPI Direct)
protocol
Setting Your owner cable
RS485
SIEMENS
MPI protocol
Setting Your owner cable
S7-400 CPU412-1
CPU412-2 DP
CPU412-3H
CPU413-1
CPU413-2 DP
CPU414-1
CPU414-2 DP
CPU414-3 DP
CPU416-1
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4
MPI port on the CPU unit RS232
S7-300/400
(PC Adapter
Direct)
protocol
Setting Your owner cable
RS485
S7-300/400
(MPI Direct)
protocol
Setting Your owner cable
Ethernet System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
- 297 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SIMATIC S7-200
CPU222
CPU224
CPU224 XP
CPU226
CP 243-1 IT
CP 243-1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
SIMATIC S7-200
SMART
CR40
SR20
Ethernet
interface on
CPU
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
SIMATIC
S7-1200 CPU1214C CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
SIMATIC S7-300
CPU315-2DP CP 343-1 IT
CP 343-1
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
CPU315-2 PN/DP
CPU317-2 PN/DP
CPU319-3 PN/DP
Ethernet
interface on
CPU
SIMATIC S7-400 CPU412-3H CP 443-1 IT
CP 443-1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
SIEMENS S7-200 protocol
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station No.: 2.
NOTE: HMI Baudrate can reach to187.5k, but don’t support online simulate for187.5K.
RS232 communication
RS485 communication
- 298 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 19200bps, 8, 2, odd; station2
RS232 communication
- 299 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:
1. If you use MT5-S7-300 adapter to communicate, the baudrate of PLC must be 187.5K, and HMI must be
19.2K
2. If we use PC adapter, PLC station No. is not necessary, so the communication is one-to-one.
3. DB block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write (DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD).
DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD address start must be an even number.
PLC Setting
1. Production of the adapter with KINCO, MPI transmission rate must be set 187.5K. 19.2K general users
of the transmission rate, if the S7-300 MPI-side transmission rate is 19.2K, you need to change it into the
Siemens adapter 187.5K (where changes in the hardware properties)
2. MPI address must be 2.
- 300 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3. After the software change, downloaded to PLC, make sure the transmission rate of MPI is 187.5K, and
then in the options set PG / PC interface, select PC Adapter (MPI), MPI-side of the transfer rate will be
changed to 187.5K.
- 301 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol
HMI Setting
NOTE:
1. This protocol is suitable for MT5020 series with MPI extended port.
- 302 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. This protocol supports multi-station communication, and the MPI is RS485 port, so we can use this
protocol to communicate between many HMI and PLC, and then we must set the master station number.
3. HMI station No. can be 0~15, PLC station No. must be 0~15, the station No. of HMI and PLC can not be
the same number.
4. PLC baud rate can be 187.5K or 19.2K.
5. You must set DB first, or register cannot writeDB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD. The initial address of
DBm.DBW and DBm.DBD must be even number.
6. This protocol doesn’t support direct simulation and indirect simulation.
PLC Setting
1. PLC station No. can be 0~15.
2. MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k.
SIEMENS MPI Direct protocol
HMI setting
Default parameter:19200bps, 8, none, 1; station number:2
- 303 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC setting
PLC station No. can be 2-15, MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k
NOTE:
1. You should set DB block first, otherwise
the registers as DB.DBX,DB.DBW and
DB.DBD cannot write.
2. This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication
Ethernet Communication Setting
SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 304 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
The settings for the CP 243-1 are defined in STEP 7 Micro/WIN via the Ethernet Wizard. For
assistance with all the information go to STEP 7 Micro/WIN Online Help via F1.
1. Starting the Ethernet Wizard
- Open STEP 7 Micro/WIN
- Start the Ethernet Wizard via Tools >Ethernet Wizard….”
- Click on “Next
2. Specifying module position
If your PC is connected to the S7-200, click the Read modulesbutton to determine the position of
the CP 243-1 module automatically. Otherwise, the module position can also be entered manually.
Important:
The panel can only establish a connection with a Cp243-1 if the module is configured to “position 0”.
- Check if the CP is connected in the module position ZEROand change the module position if
necessary.
- Identify or enter the module position “ZERO”.
- Click on “Next”.
- 305 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3. Specifying IP address
3.0 Define an IP address for the CP 243-1.
Caution:The IP address for this application may not be taken automatically from a server because the
panel requires a fixed reference partner (CP 243-1) for the Ethernet communication.
Note: The communication connection type for this module can be defined by the “Automatic Setting”.
4.0 Click on “Next” to continue.
4. Parameterizing PtP connection
5.0 Specify the command byte for the module and the number of point-to-point connections with the
CP 243-1 .
6.0 Click on “Next”.
- 306 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
5. Configuration connection
7.0 The configuration for connecting the CP 243-1 to the panel must be defined as in Fig..
8.0 Click OK to confirm the entries.
Warning: The TSAP must always be specified in four-digit format, with a leading zero (02.00).
6. Using CRC protection
Set the CRC protection the way you want it. It is advisable to work without CRC protection first of all. The
Keep Alive Intervalcan be specified with the default time.
9.0 Activate the CRC protection and change the time of the “Keep Alive Intervalif required.
10.0 Click on “Next”.
- 307 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
7. Assigning memory
11.0 Specify a memory area for the configuration of the CP 243-1.
Recommend: If you click on Suggest address, the Wizard can identify a variable memory area.
Note: The register used in the panel must be out of the memory area for the configuration.
12.0 Click on “Next”.
8. Creating project components
If you click on Close, the Ethernet Wizard generates the project components for the set configuration.
Among other things, subprograms and the variable memory are created in the data block.
- 308 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
9. Confirm message
13.0 Click Yes” to confirm the message that appears.
10. Call ETH0_CTRL
14.0 In your STEP 7 Micro/WIN program, you must call the ETH0_CTRL subroutine in each cycle.
15.0 Finally, load the entire configuration into the S7-200.
SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 309 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
1. Modify the IP address
a. Setting IP in GeneralProfinet interface
b. After configuration, download device. Download in the first time, select the Extended download to
device, in the dialog to select show all accessible devices.
- 310 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
c. Select the device, press Load”.
2. Build the data block
Data block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write (DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD).
Double-click “Add new block
For example, add new block “DB10, setting as follow
- 311 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:
1. Make sure the data type of PLC same as the HMI when defining the data block. For example, if the data
type of PLC is REAL, then the data type of number input/display component must be float in HMI.
2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
- 312 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1. In “HW configuration” insert CP300 industrial Ethernet.
2. Set IP address in the Properties of CP343-1.
3. After HW configuration, download.
SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 313 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Dual redundant parameters configuration of S7-400 Ethernet communication
16.0 The station No. is composed of two parts: track No. and slot No., and station No. is a byte, the track
No. is the high 4 bits, and the slot No. is the low 4 bits. For example, the station No. is 0x03 in hex,
that is to say, the track No. is 0 and CPU slot No. is 3.
17.0 Protocol timeout 1 stands for IP address of redundancy PLC. For example, if the IP address is
192.168.100.240, corresponding to the hex value 0xC0A864F8, then transfer this value to decimal, it is
3232261368.
18.0 Protocol timeout 2 stands for tack No. and Slot No. of redundant PLC, for example, if the Protocol
timeout 2 is 19, corresponding to the 0x13 in hex, that is to say the track No. is 1 and slot No. is 3.
19.0 When configuring PLC in HMI program, just need to configure one PLC but not two.
- 314 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. In the hardware configuration, insert CP400 Ethernet module CP443-1
2. Open the Properties of CP443-1, set the IP address. No need to set MAC address.
3. Download after finishing hardware configuration
Supported Device
S7-200
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
SCR
S.B 0.0-31.7
------
DDD.O
Special memory Relay
SM.B 0.0-549.7
------
DDDD.O
Counter Relay
Cnt 0-255
------
DDD.O
Timer Relay
Tim 0-255
------
DDD.O
- 315 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
V Relay
V.B 0.0-10238.7
------
DDDDD.O
Internal Memory Relay
M.B 0.0-31.7
------
DDDDD.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q.B 0.0-15.7
------
DDDDD.O
Discrete inputs and image Relay
I.B 0.0-15.7
------
DDDDD.O
Analog Outputs
------
AQW 0-62
DD
Analog Inputs
------
AIW 0-62
DD
SCR double word
------
SD 0-28
DD
SCR
------
SW 0-30
DD
Special memory double word
------
SMD 0-546
DDD
Special memory
------
SMW 0-548
DDD
Internal memory double word
------
MD 0-28
DD
Internal memory
------
MW 0-30
DD
Discrete outputs and image register double word
------
QD 0-12
DD
Discrete outputs and image register
------
QW 0-14
DD
Discrete inputs and image register double word
------
ID 0-12
DD
Discrete inputs and image register
------
IW 0-14
DD
Timer
Current Value
------
Cnt 0-255
DDD
Counter
Current Value
------
Tim 0-255
DDD
V memory double word
------
VD 0-10236
DDDDD
V memory
------
VW 0-10238
DDDDD
NOTEVWVD address must be an even number
SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
V Relay
V.B 0.0-20479.7
------
DDDD.O
Internal Memory Relay
M.B 0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q.B 0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
Discrete inputs and image Relay
I.B 0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
Special memory Relay SM.B 0.0-1535.7
------
DDDD.O
SCR S.B 0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
Internal memory double word ------
MD 0-28
DD
Internal memory ------
MW 0-30
DD
Discrete outputs and image register double word ------
QD 0-28
DD
Discrete outputs and image register ------
QW 0-30
DD
Discrete inputs and image register double word ------
ID 0-28
DD
Discrete inputs and image register ------
IW 0-30
DD
V memory double word ------
VD 0-20478
DDDD
V memory ------
VW 0-20476
DDDD
- 316 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input node
I 0.0~511.7 ------ DDDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~511.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~4095.7 ------ DDDD.O
Data Register Relay node DBm.DBX
0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:10~60
Data Register Relay
------ DBm.DBW 0-65534 DDDDD m:10~60
Data Register Relay (32 bit)
------ DBm.DBD 0-65532 DDDDD m:10~60
Internal Relay ------ MW 0~2046 DDDD
Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD
External Output Relay ------ QW 0~126 DDD
External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~124 DDD
External Input Relay ------ IW 0~126 DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~124 DDD
NOTE:
1. The initial address of DBm.DBW and DBm.DBD must be even number.
2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
External Input node
I 0.0~255.7 ------ DDDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~255.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O
Data Register Relay node DBm.DBX 0.0~65533.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~60
Data Register Relay node DBn.DBX
100000.0~409665535.7
------ DDDDD.O n:1~4096
Counter
------ C 0~2047 DDD *1
Timer
------
T 0~2047
DDD
Internal Relay
------ MW 0~8190 DDDD
External Output Relay
------ QW 0~254 DDD
External Input Relay
------ IW 0~254 DDD
Internal Relay
------
MD 0~8188
DDDD
External Output Relay
------ QD 0~252 DDD
External Input Relay
------ ID 0~252 DDD
Data Register Relay
------ DBm.DBW 0~65532 DDDDD m:1~60
Data Register Relay (32
------ DBm.DBD 0~65532 DDDDD m:1~60
- 317 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
bit)
Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW
100000-409665534
DDDDDDDDD n:1~4096
Data Register Relay (32
bit)
------ DBn_DBD
100000-409665532
DDDDDDDDD n:1~4096
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,
the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000
software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.
3. *1 T/C registers are read only.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
External Input node
I 0.0~127.7 ------ DDDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~127.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O
Data Register Relay node DBn_DBX
100000.0~25565535.7 ------ DDDDDDDD.O
Data Register Relay node DBm_DBX
0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10
Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW
100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD n:1~255
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBn_DBD
100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD n:1~255
Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW
0-65534 DDDDD
m:1~10
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD
0-65532
DDDDD
Internal Relay
------ MW 0~2046 DDDD
Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD
External Output Relay ------ QW 0~126 DDD
External Output Relay (32
bit) ------ QD 0~124 DDD
External Input Relay ------ IW 0~126 DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~124 DDD
NOTE:
1. EV5000 in the DB register corresponds to the definition of S7-1200 software, the absolute address of DB,
rather than the global symbol DB.
- 318 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,
the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000
software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
3. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input node
I 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O
Data Register Relay node DBn_DBX
100000.0~25565535.7 ------ DDDDDDDD.O
Data Register Relay node DBm_DBX
0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10
Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW
100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD n:1~255
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBn_DBD
100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD n:1~255
Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW
0-65534 DDDDD
m:1~10
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD
0-65532 DDDDD
Internal Relay
------ MW 0~2046 DDDD
Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD
External Output Relay ------ QW 0~2046 DDD
External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~2044 DDD
External Input Relay ------ IW 0~2046 DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~2044 DDD
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,
the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000
software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.
3. The data type of MB, IB, QB registers cant be set to signed int.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
- 319 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
External Input node
I 0.0~255.7 ------ DDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~255.7 ------ DDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O
Data Register Relay
node
DBn_DBX
100000.0~25565535.7 ------ DDDDDDDD.O
Data Register Relay
node
DBm_DBX
0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10
Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW
100000-25565534 DDDDDDDD
Data Register Relay (32
bit)
------ DBn_DBD
100000-25565532 DDDDDDDD
Data Register Relay
------ DBm_DBW 0-65534 DDDDD
m:1~10
Data Register Relay (32
bit)
------ DBm_DBD 0-65532 DDDDD
Internal Relay
------ MW 0~8190 DDDD
Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~8188 DDDD
External Output Relay
------
QW 0~254
DDD
External Output Relay
(32 bit) ------ QD 0~252 DDD
External Input Relay ------ IW 0~254 DDD
External Input Relay
(32 bit) ------ ID 0~252 DDD
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,
the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000
software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.
3. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
Cable Diagram
SIEMENS S7-200 protocol
RS232 communication
Siemens models using standard serial PC / PPI cable . Cable Baud Rate DIP switch settings are as
follows:
1 ) with 5 DIP switch cable
- 320 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate
Baud
SWITCH1=on
38400 000
19200
001
9600
010
4800 011
2400 100
1200 101
2with 8 DIP switch cable
PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate
Baud SWITCH1=on
115200 110
57600 111
38400
000
19200
001
9600 010
4800
011
2400
100
1200 101
Note: The switch 5 is set to 0 , the selected item Freeport;the switch 6,7,8 is set to 0.
- 321 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PC / PPI cable on the baud rate DIP switch settings, you must set the baud rate with the PLC and
PC SET PG / PC Interface match the settings , Siemens S7-200 PLC baud rate can be programmed
via STEP7-Micro/WIN software settings.
RS485 communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
8 D-
3 D+
5 GND
com0/com1
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol
RS232 communication
MT5-S7-300 PC Adapter communication cable
Need to add a communication cable in adapter RS232 terminal
HMI teiminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
SIEMENS PLC
PC Adapter RS232 terminal
9pin D-SUB(female)
2 RX
3 TX
5 GND
7 RTS
8 CTS
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol
RS485 communication
8 -
3 +
5 GND
HMI MPI terminal
9pin D-SUB male
3 TXD/RXD+
8 TXD/RXD-
5 GND
Controller MPI terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
SIEMENS MPI protocol
RS485-2 communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
8 D-
3 D+
5 GND
com0/com1
Long distance communication with MPI adapter:
The cable length must be 600m or less in the 187.5k ,the 7 pin and 2 pin must connect with 24V power in
the port of RS485, the 8 pin and 3 pin must connect with 120Ωterminal resistance.
- 322 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.69 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Siko AG05 AG05 Port on CPU unit SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
Siko AG05 AG05 CPU Direct RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default parameter57600bps8none1station1
- 323 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Please reference to controller manual.
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Parameter No.
------
ID 0-FF
HH
SW
------
SW 0-0
D
CW
------
CW 0-0
D
Note Direct online simulation disable
Cable Diagram
RS485-2
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male Controller
RS485 terminal
1 RX-
6 RX+
1 TxRX-
2 TxRX+
com0/com1
4.70 Sinocon Sc1n
Serial Communication
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
SC1N SC1N-30T-2
AD2DA
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI setting
Default parameter9600bps7even1station1
RS232
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
SC1N SC1N-30T-2AD2DA RS232 on the CPU
unit Sinocon Sc1n
- 324 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay
X 000-177
------ OOO
Output Relay
Y 000-177
------ OOO
Data Contact
D_bit 0.0-5998.F
------ DDDD.F
Internal Relay
M 0000-1535
------ DDDD
Timer Contact
T 000-255
------ DDD
Counter Contact
C 000-255
------ DDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 8000-8255
------ DDDD
- 325 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
State
S 000-999
------ DDD
Timer Value
------
T_word 000-255
DDD
Counter Value
------
C_word 000-199
DDD
Data Register
------
D_word 0000-5998
DDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD_word 8000-8255
DDDD
Counter Value
------
C_dword 200-255
DDD 32 bit device
Cable Diagram
RS232
com0/com1
2 RX
3 TX
5 GND
com2
7 RX
8 TX
5 GND
com1/com2
2 TX
3 RX
5 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
232 terminal
RS485
com0/com1
Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
1 B-
6 A+
5 GND
com2
4.71 TAIAN
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Taian TOP3-30HR-A RS232 on the CPU unit Taian
RS485 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Taian TOP3-30HR-A RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 326 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication
RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
receive external
switch signal X0-377 ------ OOO
Output Relay Y0-377 ------ OOO
Auxiliary Relay M0-7679& (8000-8511 ------ DDDD
Step Relay S0-4096 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay T0-511
------
DDD
Counter Relay C0-255
------
DDD
Data Register ------ D0-8511 DDDD
Data Register ------ Z0-15 DD
Data Register ------ V0-15 DD
Timer(Current value ------ T_Current_Word 0-511 DDD
- 327 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Counter(Current value ------ C_Current_Word 0-199 DDD
Counter ------ C_Current_Double 200-255 DDD
Timer(Preset value)
------
T_Preset_Word 0-511
DDD
Counter(Preset value) ------ C_Preset_Word 0-199 DDD
Counter ------ C_Preset_Double 200-255 DDD
NOTEZ, V is the turn of the write and read out. When testing a single word, max interval of word block
pack and max word block package size are changed to 1.
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
4 TX-
1 RX-
3 GND
com2
3 TX-
2 RX-
5 GND
8 TX-
7 RX-
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1 Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
B-
A+
SG
4.72 TMCM_303
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
TMCM_303 RS232 on the CPU unit TMCM_303
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
TMCM_303 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
- 328 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Please refer to TMCL Reference Manual for device details
TMCM_303
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
ROR ------ 0-2 D Write Only
ROL ------ 0-2 D Write Only
MST 0-2 ------ D Write Only
MVP ------ 0.0-2.7 DD.D Write Only
SAP
0.008-0.013
1.008-1.013
2.008-2.013
0.0-2.213 DDDD.DDD Write Only
GAP
0.008-0.013
1.008-1.013
2.008-2.013
0.0-2.213 DDDD.DDD Read Only
STAP 0.0-2.213 ------ DDDD.DDD Write Only
RSAP 0.0-2.213 ------ DDDD.DDD Write Only
SGP 0.077
0.129
0.0-0.038
0.64-0.81
0.128-0.132
1.0-1.11
2.0-2.19
DDDD.DDD Write Only
GGP 0.077
0.129
0.0-0.038
0.64-0.81
0.128-0.132
1.0-1.11
2.0-2.19
DDDD.DDD Read Only
RFS ------ DWord 0.0-2.2 DD.D Write Only
SIO 0-7 ------ D Write Only
- 329 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
GIO 0.0-0.10
2.0-2.07 1.0-1.7 DDD.DD Read Only
CALC ------ 0-9 D Write Only
COMP ------ 0 D Write Only
JC ------ 0-9 DD Write Only
JA ------ 0 D Write Only
CSUB ------ 0 D Write Only
RSUB 0 ------ D Write Only
WAIT ------ 0.0-4.7 DD.D Write Only
STOP 0 ------ D Write Only
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
4.73 THINGET Controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
THINGET XC XC3-32R-E RS232 on the CPU unit MODBUS RTU
THINGET Controller
System configuration
Series Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
THINGET XC RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
THINGET Controller protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 330 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal Relay M0~M7999 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay X0.0~X51.1 ------ OOOOOO.O
Output Relay Y0.0~Y51.1 ------ OOOOOO.O
State Relay S0~S1023 ------ DDDDD
Special Relay M8000~M8511 ------ DDDDD
Timer Relay T0~T618 ------ DDDDD
Counter Relay C0~C634 ------ DDDDD
Data register ------ D0~D7999 DDDDD
Timer ------ TD0~TD618 DDDDD
Counter ------ CD0~CD634 DDDDD
Special Data Register ------ D8000~D8511 DDDDD
FlashROM Register ------ FD0~FD5000 DDDDD
Special FlashROM Register ------ FD8000~FD8511 DDDDD
NOTE
1. O indicates OCT, D indicates HEX.
2. Example: X\Y address: 1 in the controller corresponds with 0.1 in the HMIWare; X\Y address: 17 in the
controller correspond with 1.7 in the HMIWare.
MODBUS RTU protocol
Register address in programmable controller correspond with address in modbus protocol, as follows:
Coil Area
bits Addr MODBUS addrDecimal K
M0~M7999 0X 1~0X 8000
X0~X511 0X 16385~0X 16714
Y0~Y511 0X 18433~0X 18762
- 331 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
S0~S1023 0X 20481~0X 21504
M8000~M8511 0X 24577~0X 25088
T0~T618 0X 25601~0X 26219
C0~C634 0X 27649~0X 28283
Register Area
words Addr MODBUS addrDecimal K
D0~D7999 4X 1~4X8000
TD0~TD618 4X 12289~4X12907
CD0~CD634 4X 14337~4X 14971
D8000~D8511 4X 16385~4X 16896
FD0~FD1535 4X 18433~4X19968
FD8000~FD8511 4X 26625~4X 27136
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
4 RXD
5 TXD
8 GND
RS485 Communication
Controller
RS485 terminal
6 RX+
1 RX-
A +
B -
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
4.74 Toledo DLoadCell
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
D3CellTM D3CellTM RS422 on the CPU unit DLoadCell
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
- 332 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
D3CellTM D3CellTM RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
Supported Device
For detailed device, please refer to the PLC manual.
Communication Setting
Cable Diagram
RS485 Communication Cable
Controller
RS422 terminal
BlueTX-
YellowRX-
WhiteTX+
GreenRX+
1 RX-
4 TX-
6 RX+
9 TX+
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male
4.75 Toshiba
Network Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
V30 TCXMAIN1 Ethernet interface on CPU Toshiba V30 Ethernet TCP Slave
V-series S2PU72A Ethernet interface on CPU Toshiba S2PU72A Ethernet
TCP Slave
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
Connect Type
Parameter
Cable
ToShiBaV30 TCXMAIN1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
V-series S2PU72A Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
- 333 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network Communication Setting
HMI setting
TCXMAIN1
S2PU72A
PLC setting
- 334 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter
Supported Device
TCXMAIN1
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
0x00000000-0x0000FFFF R00_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x01000000-0x0100FFFF
R01_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x02000000-0x02000FFF R02_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x03000000-0x03000FFF
R03_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x04000000-0x04000FFF
R04_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x05000000-0x05000FFF R05_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x06000000-0x06000FFF R06_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x07000000-0x07000FFF R07_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x08000000-0x0800FFFF R08_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x09000000-0x09000FFF R09_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF
R0A_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF
R0B_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF R0C_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF
R0D_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF
R0E_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF R0F_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x10000000-0x10000FFF R10_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x11000000-0x11000FFF R11_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x12000000-0x1200FFFF R12_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x13000000-0x13000FFF R13_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x14000000-0x14000FFF R14_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x15000000-0x15000FFF R15_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x17000000-0x17007FFF R17_B 0.00-7FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x41000000-0x4100FFFF
R41_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x51000000-0x5100FFFF
R51_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x52000000-0x520000FF R52_B 0.00-FF.1F ------ HH.HH
0x61000000-0x6107FFFF R61_B 0.00-7FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x62000000-0x62003FFF R62_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x63000000-0x63003FFF R63_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x64000000-0x64003FFF R64_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x65000000-0x65003FFF R65_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x66000000-0x66003FFF
R66_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x67000000-0x67003FFF R67_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x68000000-0x68003FFF R68_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x69000000-0x69003FFF R69_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF R6A_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF R6B_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
- 335 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF R6C_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF R6D_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF R6E_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ HHHH.HH
0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF R6F_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ HHH.HH
0x00000000-0x0000FFFF ------ R00 0-FFFF HHHH
0x01000000-0x0100FFFF ------ R01 0-FFFF HHHH
0x02000000-0x02000FFF ------ R02 0-FFF HHH
0x03000000-0x03000FFF ------ R03 0-FFF HHH
0x04000000-0x04000FFF ------ R04 0-FFF HHH
0x05000000-0x05000FFF ------ R05 0-FFF HHH
0x06000000-0x06000FFF ------ R06 0-FFF HHH
0x07000000-0x07000FFF ------ R07 0-FFF HHH
0x08000000-0x0800FFFF ------ R08 0-FFFF HHHH
0x09000000-0x09000FFF ------ R09 0-FFF HHH
0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF
------
R0A 0-FFF
HHH
0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF ------ R0B 0-FFFF HHHH
0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF ------ R0C 0-FFFF HHHH
0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF ------ R0D 0-FFF HHH
0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF ------ R0E 0-FFF HHH
0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF ------ R0F 0-FFF HHH
0x10000000-0x10000FFF ------ R10 0-FFF HHH
0x11000000-0x11000FFF ------ R11 0-FFF HHH
0x12000000-0x1200FFFF ------ R12 0-FFFF HHHH
0x13000000-0x13000FFF ------ R13 0-FFF HHH
0x14000000-0x14000FFF ------ R14 0-FFF HHH
0x15000000-0x15000FFF ------ R15 0-FFF HHH
0x17000000-0x17007FFF
------
R17 0-7FFF
HHHH
0x41000000-0x4100FFFF ------ R41 0-FFFF HHHH
0x51000000-0x5100FFFF ------ R51 0-FFFF HHHH
0x52000000-0x520000FF ------ R52 0-FF HH
0x61000000-0x6107FFFF ------ R61 0-7FFF HHHH
0x62000000-0x62003FFF ------ R62 0-3FFF HHHH
0x63000000-0x63003FFF ------ R63 0-3FFF HHHH
0x64000000-0x64003FFF ------ R64 0-3FFF HHHH
0x65000000-0x65003FFF ------ R65 0-3FFF HHHH
0x66000000-0x66003FFF ------ R66 0-3FFF HHHH
0x67000000-0x67003FFF ------ R67 0-3FFF HHHH
0x68000000-0x68003FFF ------ R68 0-3FFF HHHH
0x69000000-0x69003FFF ------ R69 0-3FFF HHHH
- 336 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF ------ R6A 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF ------ R6B 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF ------ R6C 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF ------ R6D 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF ------ R6E 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF ------ R6F 0-FFF HHH
S2PU72A
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
XX 0.0-3071.F
------
DDDD.F
RR 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.F
SS 0.0-511.F
------
DDD.F
X_WORD ------
0-3071
DDDD
R_WORD ------
0-4095
DDDD
S_WORD ------
0-511
DDD
Cable Diagram
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet
4.76 Trio motion controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Euro Euro 205x RS232 on the CPU unit TRIO
Modbus RTU Extend
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM
Type Parameter Cable
TRIO Euro 205x RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus
RTU Extend Euro 205x RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
TRIO protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 1
RS232 communication
- 337 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Controller internal setting:
RS485-4 communication
Controller internal setting:
PLC Setting
Select the HOST LINK protocol in the PLC program software
1. Define HOST LINK slave node
HLS_NODE=1
2. Define HOST LINK slave model
HLS_MODEL=$FA
3. Set up HOST LINK slave for port2.
- 338 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Trio controller setting: SETCOM(baudrate, databits, stopbits, parity, port, 5)
SETCOM960072225
RS232 communication
RS485-4 communication
Modbus RTU Extend protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication
RS485-4 communication
PLC Setting
Modbus Protocol
- 339 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
ADDRESS=1
SETCOM9600,8,1,2,1,4
Supported Device
TRIO
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O and Internal Auxiliary Relay IR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD
Link Relay LR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD
Assistant Relay AR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD
Holding Relay HR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- DDDD.DD
Data Memory ---------- DM 0-30000 DDDDD
Timer/Counter ---------- TC 0-255 DDD
NOTEAddress correspondence: IRn.m-->the m Trio VR (n); DMn->Table (n). Example IR1.02
corresponds to the 2nd bit of VR1.
Modbus RTU Extend
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Data register bit 4X_bit 0.0-1023.15 ———— DDDD.DD
Data register ———— 4X 0-1023 DDDDD
NOTEAddress correspondence: 4x corresponds to VR; 4x_bit corresponds to VRs bit. Address difference
between one position, e.g. 4x (501) corresponds to VR (500); 4x_bit (67.1) corresponds to the first bit of
VR (66).
Cable Diagram
NOTE: In the controller, A port is programming port, B port is communication port
Programming Cable
Controller A port terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
5 TXD
3 RXD
4 GND
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
PC terminal
9pin D-SUB female
RS232 Communication Cable
Controller B port terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
5 TXD
3 RXD
4 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
RS422 Communication Cable
- 340 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller B port terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
1Rx-
6Rx+
5 GND
7Tx-
8Tx+
4 GND
4Tx-
9Tx+
2Rx-
1Rx+
com0/com1
4.77 Unitronics
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Vision 130 V130-33-B1 RS232 on the CPU unit Unitronics
RS485 on the CPU unit
Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit
Unitronics Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
Vision 130 V130-33-B1 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1
- 341 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 64
PLC Setting
1. COM Initialize in the program software by RS485 communication.
- 342 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Initialize ID, and program as below, download to controller.
3. Change the jumper position and choose RS485 communication.
Network Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 343 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Inputs I 0~999 ------
DDD
Read only
Outputs O 0~999 ------ DDD
Memory Bits MB 0~8191 ------ DDDD
System Bits
SB 0~999 ------ DDD
Timers T 0~383 ------ DDD Read only
Counters C 0~31 ------ DD Read only
Memory Integer
------
MI 0~4095
DDDD
Memory Longer ------ ML 0~511 DDD
Double Word ------ DW 0~255 DDD
Memory Float
------
MF 0~63
DD
System Integer ------ SI 0~999 DDD
System Longer ------ SL 0~199 DDD
System Double Word ------ SDW 0~199 DDD
Timers Preset ------ T_C 0~383 DDD Read only
Timers Current ------ T_P 0~383 DDD Read only
Counters Preset ------ C_C 0~31 DD Read only
Counters Current
------
C_P 0~31
DD
Read only
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
RJ12(male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
4 RXD
2 GND
5 GND
RS485-2 communication cable
Controller terminal
RJ12(male)
6 B-
1 A+
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
PLC RJ12 pins are defined as follow:
- 344 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.78 Universal ASCII Slave
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Universal ASCII Slave Universal ASCII Slave RS232 on the CPU unit Universal ASCII Slave
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
Universal ASCII
Slave
Universal ASCII
Slave
RS232 on the
CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1
Supported Device
- 345 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
send LB 0 ------
D
Correspond to
COM0
clear LB1 ------ D
Send data buffer ------ LW 0~99 DD
Receive data buffer ------ LW 100~199 DDD
send LB2 ------
D
Correspond to
COM1
clear
LB3
------
D
Send data buffer ------ LW 200~299 DD
Receive data buffer
------
LW 300~399
DDD
send
LB 4
------
D
Correspond to
COM2
clear LB5 ------ D
Send data buffer ------ LW400~499 DD
Receive data buffer ------ LW 500~599 DDD
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
3 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
4.79 Vigor Corporation
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
VH VH-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit
Vigor
VB0 VB0-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
VH VH-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
VB0 VB0-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 1; station: 0
- 346 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTECP1* baudrate 19200bps.
*CP1 programming port is USB(RS232).
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay
X 0-255
------ OOO
Output Relay
Y 0-255
------ OOO
Internal Relay
M 0-5119
------ DDDD
Special Relay
SM 9000-9255
------ DDDD
Timer Relay T_bit 0-255
DDD
Counter Relay C_bit 0-255
DDD
Timer ------ T_word 0-255 DDD
Counter ------ C_word 0-199 DDD
Counter double word ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD
Data Register
------
D 0-8191
DDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 9000
9255
DDDD
Cable Diagram
VH-14MR RS232 communication cable
1. Communication via USB programming port
Connection with HMI by programming cable of Vigor
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
2 D-
3 D+
4 GND
VIGOR VH PLC
USB A interface
2. Communication via auxiliary interface of programming device:
- 347 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3 RXD
2 TXD
1 GND
PLC Auxiliary
interfaceJST 4PIN
JST 4PIN
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
4.80 XiLin Inverter
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
XiLin EH600 RS485-2 on the CPU unit XiLin EH600
System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
XiLin EH600 RS485-2 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default Communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Addr communication parameter ------ Addr HHHH
A FWD ------ A 0 D
B REV ------ B 0 D
- 348 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
C FJOG ------ C 0 D
D RJOG ------ D 0 D
E Free halt ------ E0 D
F Slow down ------ F 0 D
G Reset failures ------ G 0 D
PLC Setting
Please refer to XILIN frequency converter manual for details about device address.
Cable Diagram
com0/com1 Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1RX-
6RX+
B
A
4.81 Yamatake Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
DCP30
P30A2
RS485 on the CPU unit
Yamatake DCP30
SDC35/36
C352
C354
C362
C36

4

RS485 on the CPU unit Yamatake SDC/DMC
DMC
DMC10D

RS485 on the CPU unit
DMC10S
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
DCP30 P30A2 RS485 on the CPU
unit RS485 Setting
Your owner
cable
SDC35/36
C35

2

C354
C362
C364
RS485 on the CPU
unit RS485 Setting
Your owner
cable
DMC DMC10D RS485 on the CPU
unit
RS485 Setting
Your owner
cable
DMC10S
- 349 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Yamatake DCP30 protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Yamatake SDC/DMC protocol
SDC
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
DMC
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 6
- 350 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Set modbus RTU in the SLP-D10, and then download.
2. Station match with the switch on the device.
Supported Device
DCP30
Device
Bit Address
Word AddressParameter code
Format
Notes
RUN Status ------ 1-26 DDD
PARA ------ 1-33 DDD
EU ------ 1-13 DDD
PID
------
1-80
DDD
SET ------ 1-99 DDD
TBL
------
1-22
DDD
CNST ------ 1-26 DDD
FO_R 1-19 ------ DDD
FO_W 1-19 ------ DDD
FC 1-19 ------ DDD
FD 1-19 ------ DDD
FBR1_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
- 351 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FBR2_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR3_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR4_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR5_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR6_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR7_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR8_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR9_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR10_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR11_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR12_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR13_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR14_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR15_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR16_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
FBR17_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR18_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR19_R ------ 1.0-30.22 DDD.DD
Please refer to the communication protocol for details.
NOTE
1SET C85 ----- Transmission ratedata type
09600evenstopbit 1
19600nonestopbit 2
24800evenstopbit 1
34800nonestopbit 2.
2SET C84 -----setting station No. The value of C84 must be the same as the PLC’s station No.
When connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be set
C84 value with a different parameter. .
3Must press “FUNC+PARA” to set the parameter
4PROG. have 19 numbers and SEG have 30 numbers, press DOWN key (sub) and PROG key (add) to
change program number
5Press “FUNC+PROG” to change the program.----every program must be set firstly and then
communicate will be ok, or else “PLC Response Error” will print;
6After “RUN/HLD” light on, many parameters can’t be modified(e.g. SET) In order to reset, press
“ PROG+RUN/HOLD” .
Modify the parameter at the state of “DISP”, not at the state of “INPUT”
7On the temperature controller, time parameters show number with sexagesimal.
Example it shows 2222 on the screen, but on the controller panel shows 37.02-----37.00*60+2=2222
8PROG’s address setting
FBR1_R indicates prog 1. (e.g. PROG 1) format: DDD.DD. Main address DDD indicates seg No,
subaddress DD indicates parameter value, the correspondence as follows
ExampleFBR1_R address 11.10 indicates PROG 1,SEG 1,T1 2nd
- 352 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Sub addr DD correspond to temperature controller
Sub Addr
Parameter
Sub Addr
Parameter
.0 SP .12 T2 2nd
.1
TM
.13
T3 1st
.2
None
Skip
.14
T3 2nd
.3 EV1 .15 T4 1st
.4 Blank .16 T4 2nd
.5 EV2 .17 T5 1st
.6 Blank .18 T5 2nd
.7 EV3 .19 PID
.8 Blank .20 NoneSkip
.9 T1 1st .21 9.5.
.10 T1 2nd .22 9.5.to
.11
T2 1st
SDC36Please refer to the manual of yamatake SDC36 for details
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Data Register ————
4X 0-65535 DDDDD
DMCPlease refer to the manual of DMC-SPL for details, in 10-8 communication parameters
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Data Register ———— 4X 1002-65535 DDDDD
Address add 1 to the list of
communication parameters
Example: CH1 PV is according to 4X1005 in the HMIWare.
Cable Diagram
DCP 30 series
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
RS485 terminal
57
58
59
6 RX+
1 RX-
5 GND
60
61
RS232 communication cable
Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter
- 353 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Commutator terminal
9 pin D-SUB male
2 TX
3 RX
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
SDC36 series
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
-
+
GND
Controller
RS485 terminal
DMC series
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
DB
DA
GND
Controller
RS485 terminal
4.82 Yaskawa Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
VInverter
CIMR-JT
2A0001B
AA
RS485 on the CPU unit Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU
MPMotion Controller
MP2200
MP2300
MP2310
MP2300S
RS232 on the CPU unit Yaskawa MP2300
- 354 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
∑Ⅱ /∑ P lu sServo Controller
SGDM RS232 on the CPU unit Yaskawa SGDM
RS422 on the CPU unit
SGDV RS232 on the CPU unit Yaskawa SGDV
RS422 on the CPU unit
Network communication (support indirect online and direct online)
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MP series MP2400 ETH on the CPU unit Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave)
Serial System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
V RS485 on the CPU unit RS485-2 Setting Your owner cable
MP
MP2300
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
/∑ Plus
SGDM RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS422 on the CPU unit
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
SGDV RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS422 on the CPU unit RS485-4 Setting Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
MP series MP2400 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
PLC Setting
20.0 change the inverter panel button ”up” or “down”, adjustment to the parameter mode
21.0 then adjust to H5-01 by the button ”up” or “down”according to the required parameter set
No. Name Scope Parameter description Setting
- 355 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
H5-01 Secondary station
address
0~FFH Secondary station
number
1F
H5-02 The choice of the
communication speed
0~5 01200bps
12400bps
24800bps
39600bps
419200bps
5
38400bps
3
H5-03 The choice of the
communication check
0~2 0no check
1even check
2odd check
0
NOTE: the inverter should be restarted to be effective
Yaskawa MP2300 protocol
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Yaskawa SGDM protocol
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication
- 356 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-4 communication
PLC Setting
Related parameters Settings refer to the communication equipment description
Yaskawa SGDV protocol
RS232 communication
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 0
NOTE:Set max word block package size as 2
RS485-4 communication
- 357 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Station No. is a decimal number corresponding to axis address of servo controller.
PLC Setting
- 358 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE
1. axis address 0020H is the station number of PLChere is hexadecimalHMI is the decimal system;
2.if you change the axis address, Parameters will be displayed unless you restart
Network Communication Setting
Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 359 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Set the IPconnect with the MPE720 software
2. How to set the IP
- 360 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Change, save, and save to flash
Restart the controller and the set is ok.
If online, then you can monitoring the data
Monitor single data
Monitor the Register
- 361 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
V inverter
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Internal/external output node 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Internal/external input node
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Simulant input data register
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
data register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
NOTE:
1 this drive can not provide write batch of word part;
2 Address correspondence: MEMOBUS+1=4X
Eg: b1-01requency instruction selection),MEMOBUS register address is 080 H;the corresponding
screen is 4X 385
MP2300
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Coil
MB0.0-4095.F
------
DDDD.H
Input Relay IB 0.0-FFF.F ------ HHHH.H
Hold Register ------ MW 0-65534 DDDDD
Input Register ------ IW 0-7FFF HHHH
NOTEIB0.0-0.F are occupied by the system; IW0 is occupied by the system.
SGDM
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Function Selection Basic Switches ------ Pn000 Pn003 HHH
Speed Loop Gain and so on ------ Pn100 Pn118 HHH
Position Control Reference ------ Pn200 Pn205 HHH
Speed Control Reference ------ Pn300 Pn308 HHH
Torque Control Reference ------ Pn400 Pn407 HHH
Sequence Reference ------ Pn500 Pn510 HHH
Other ------ Pn600 Pn601 HHH
Monitor mode ------ Un000 Un00D HHH
- 362 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SGDV
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Function
Selection
------------ Pn000~Pn002&Pn006~Pn009
Pn00B~Pn00D
& Pn010 & Pn080
HHH
Gain ------------
Pn100~Pn106&Pn109~Pn10F& Pn11F
Pn121~Pn125&Pn131~Pn132& Pn135~Pn136
Pn139 & Pn13D&Pn140~Pn14B
Pn14F &
Pn160~Pn165
&Pn170 & Pn190
HHH
Position ------------ Pn200 & Pn205 & Pn207 &Pn20A & Pn20E
Pn210 & Pn212 &
Pn216~Pn218
& Pn22A & Pn281
HHH
Speed
------------
Pn300~Pn307
&
Pn310~Pn312
& Pn324
HHH
Touque
------------
Pn400~Pn410& Pn412 & Pn415 &Pn423~Pn425
Pn456 & Pn460 &Pn481~Pn482&Pn486~Pn488
Pn490 &
Pn493~Pn495
& Pn498
HHH
Sequential Control
------------
Pn501~Pn503&Pn506~Pn509& Pn51B
Pn51E & Pn520 & Pn522 & Pn524 & Pn526
Pn528~Pn52C&Pn52F~Pn531&Pn533~Pn536
Pn550~Pn553
&
Pn560~Pn561
&
Pn600~Pn601
HHH
Input/Output signal
------------
Pn50A~Pn513
&
Pn515~Pn517
HHH
UDP
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input register node IB0000.0-FFFF.F ------ HHHHH.H
Output register node OB0000.0-FFFF.F ------ HHHHH.H
holding register node MB00000.0-65534.F ------ DDDDD.H
Input register ------ IW0000-FFFF HHHH
Output register ------ OW0000-FFFF HHHH
Holding register ------ MW00000-65534 DDDDD
NOTEIn the HMIWare, bit address format is HHHH.H, but there is no point in the controller. E.g.: In the
EV5000 software, the bit address is MB65534.F, but there is no point in the controller, and it is MB65534F.
We set the I\O address as large as enough, and we found the big address can’t be written, but it is the same
effect with the monitoring.
Cable Diagram
V series inverter
RS485-2 communication cable
- 363 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
1 RX-
6 RX+
R-
S+
R+
com0/com1 S-
MP2300
RS232 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
1 FG
2 SD(TXD)
3 RD(RXD)
4 RS(RTS)
5 CS(CTS)
7 SG(GND)
9 ER(DTR)
1 FG
2 RD(RXD)
3 SD(TXD)
5 SG(GND)
6 DR(DSR)
7 RS(RTS)
8 CS(CTS)
SGDM/SGDV
RS232 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male SERVOPACK
Half-pitch 14 pin
terminal
2 RX
3 TX
5 GND
2 TXD
4 RXD
14 GND
7 RTS
8 CTS
FG case
RS422 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male
1 RXD-
6 RXD+
4 TXD-
2 TXD-
1 TXD+
4 RXD-
9 TXD+
5 GND
3 RXD+
14 GND
6
7
FG case
SERVOPACK
Half-pitch 14 pin terminal
- 364 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.83 Yokogawa Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FA-M3
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
CPU Direct
Yokogawa FA-M3
F3SP20-0N
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP30-0N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP36-3N
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
F3LC11-1N
F3LC11-1F
F3LC11-2F
F3LC12-1F
- 365 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
F3LC11-2N
Network Communicationdirect online simulation disable
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FA-M3
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T Yokogawa FA-M3
Ethernet(TCP Slave)
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
FA-M3
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
RS232 on the CPU
unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
- 366 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
F3SP20-0N
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP30-0N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP36-3N
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
RS422/485(4Wire)
port on F3LCLL-2F
RS422 Setting Your owner cable
RS422/485(2Wire)
port on F3LCLL-2F
RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
FA-M3 F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
Ethernet I/F
on CPU Unit
Serial Communication Setting
HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0 (station number disable)
- 367 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-4 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1
RS485-2 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1
- 368 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
RS485-4 communication configuration
Set the 485 communication module on the right as below.
1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7
2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2
Bit
Settings
Setup Description
1
ON
Data Length
2 OFF Parity Bit
3
OFF
--
4 OFF Stop Bit
5 OFF Exist Sum Check
6 ON Exist Terminator
7 OFF Protect
8 OFF Always OFF
3. Station No. setting 1
4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 4- WIRE
RS485-2 communication configuration
Set the 485 communication module on the right as below.
1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7
2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2
Bit
Settings
Setup Description
1
ON
Data Length
2 OFF Parity Bit
3 OFF --
4 OFF Stop Bit
5 OFF Exist Sum Check
6 ON Exist Terminator
7 OFF Protect
- 369 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
8 OFF Always OFF
3. Station No. setting 1
4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 2- WIRE.
Network Communication Setting
HMI Setting
PLC setting
Use the swicthes on the right side of Ethernet module for setting the External Device.
1. Set all condition setup switch off.
2. Set IP Address: 192.168.100.230.
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Link Relay L 1~256 ------
DDD
Special Relay
M 1~256
------
DDD
Internal Relay
I 1~256
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y (233~264)&(333~364 ------ DDD
Input Relay
X (201~232)&( 301~332
------
DDD
Read only
Special Register
------
Z_word 1~256
DDDD
Link Register
------
W_word 1~256
DDD
- 370 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Index Register ------ V_word 1~64 DD
File Register ------ B_word 1~256 DD
Data Register ------ D_word 1~256 DDD
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
Yokogawa programming cable
Controller terminal
6 pin
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 TXD
2 RXD
5 GND
RS485-4 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
SDA-
SDB+
FG
RDA-
RDB+
4 TX-
9 TX+
Controller
RS422 terminal
com0/com1
RS485-2 communication cable
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller
RS422接线端
1 RX-
6 RX+
5 GND
SDA-
SDB+
FG
RDA-
RDB+
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.84 YuDian AI
Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
- 371 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
AI
AI-518
AI-701 RS485 on the CPU unit YuDian AI Single_Loop
AI-7048 RS485 on the CPU unit YuDian AI 4_Loop
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
AI
AI-518
AI-701 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
AI-7048 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
Supported Device
YuDian AI Single_Loop
Device Bit Address
Word Address
参数代号)
Format Notes
HiAL
0
------
D
Read only
LoAL
0
------
D
Read only
dHAL 0 ------ D Read only
dLAL 0 ------ D Read only
orAL 0 ------ D Read only
AL1 0 ------ D Read only
AL2 0 ------ D Read only
PV ------ 0 D Read only
MV
------
0
D
SV ------ 0 D
ALARM ------ 0 D Read only
Reference ------ 86 DD Address correspond to
AI parameters code
- 372 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE
1When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number .
2If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values.
YuDian AI 4_Loop
AI-7048
Device
Bit Address
Word Address(参数代号)
Format
Notes
HiAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
LoAL
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
dHAL
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
dLAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
orAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
AL1 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
AL2 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
PV
------
0.0-3.0
D.D
Read only
MV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D
SV
------
0.0-3.0
D.D
ALARM ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D Read only
Reference ------ 0.0-3.086 D.DDD Address correspond to AI
parameters code
NOTE:
1When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number.
2If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values.
3AI-7048 has 4 loops, so it occupies 4 address, For instance, Addr=5,address 5~8 were used by this
controller, other controller can’t use address 5~8.
EXAMPLE
Take HIAL for example, look up table and then know that HIAL parameters code is 1, so HIAL for 4
channels correspond to address in HMI should be Reference0.01Reference1.01Reference2.01
Reference3.01.
If station number is 2, Reference0.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 0),
Reference1.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 1), and so on.
Thereinto the setting of station number is very important, it denotes start address of the controller (viz.
instrument address in instrument parameter), and main address just denotes 4 channels. When main address
is 0, it denotes channel (station number+0)
TABLE
Table 1
Parameter
Code Adjustor Inspection instrument
DEC AI-518/708/808/518P/70
8P/808P AI-519/719/719P AI-501/701 AI-702M/704M/706M
0 SV /SteP SV /SteP N/A N/A
- 373 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1 HIAL HIAL HIAL HIAL
2 LoAL LoAL LoAL LoAL
3 dHAL HdAL HdAL N/A
4
dLAL
LdAL
LdAL
N/A
5 dF CHYS AHYS dF
6 Ctrl Ctrl N/A N/A
7
M5
P
N/A
N/A
8 P I N/A N/A
9
t
d
N/A
N/A
10
CtI
CtI
N/A
N/A
11 Sn InP InP Sn
12
dIP
dPt
dPt
dIP
13
dIL
SCL
SCL
dIL
14 dIH SCH SCH dIH
15 ALP AOP AOP ALP
16 Sc Scb Scb Sc
17 OP1 OPt OPt OPn
18 oPL OPL N/A oPL
19 oPH OPH N/A oPH
20 CF AF N/A Cn
21
Feature codes/Program
control words(Run:0
Pause:4 Stop:12)
Feature codes/Program
control words(Run:0
Pause:4 Stop:12)
Feature codes(the
same to SV, and it
can be modified)
Feature codes
22 Add.R/W Add.R/W Add.R/W Add.R/W
23 dL FILt FILt dL
24 run A-M N/A nonc
25 Loc Loc Loc Loc
26
C01(set the MV when
writing AI-808)
C01(set the MV when
writing AI-519/719)
27 t01 t01
28 C02 C02
29 t02 t02
30 C03 C03
31 t03 t03
32 C04 C04
33 t04 t04
34 C05 C05
35 t05 t05
36
C06
C06
37 t06 t06
38 C07 C07
39
t07
t07
- 374 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
40 C08 C08
41
t08
t08
42 C09 C09
43-85
t09-C30
t09-C30
86
Run time of current
program
Run time of current
program
Table 2
Parameter Code Flow totalizer AI-301M 4 loop PID
adjustor
DEC HEX AI-708H/Y/808H Frequency
measurement/switching value
AI-7048
0 00H SV
SV SP
1
01H
FHIA
HIAL
HIAL
2
02H
FloA
LoAL
LoAL
3 03H SPE
dHAL
4
04H
Act
dLAL
5
05H
Sn
dF
AHYS
6 06H FSc
CtrL At
7 07H PdIH
M5 P
8 08H CSc
P I
9 09H CdIH
t d
10 0AH Cut
CtI
11 0BH FdIH
Frd InP
12 0CH FdIP
dIP dPt
13 0DH PA
dIL SCL
14 0EH Po
dIH SCH
15 0FH Co
ALP AOP
16
10H
Frd
switch state
Scb
17 11H CF
oP1
18 12H bC
OPL
19
13H
IoL
OPH
OPH
20 14H FoH
CF AF
21 15H Feature codes
Feature codes Feature codes
22
16H
Add.
R/W
Add.
R/W
Add.
R/W
23 17H IoH
dL FILt
24
18H
FdL
run
Nonc
25
19H
Loc
Loc
Loc
26 1AH N/A
MV Cn
27 1BH FdF
28 1CH CHIA
29 1DH CLoA
- 375 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
30 1EH PHIA
31
1FH
PLoA
32 20H ALP
33 21H FSb
34 22H CdIP
35 23H PdIP
36 24H PSc
37 25H CLn
38 26H FLJH
39 27H FLJL
40
28H
EJH
41 29H EJL
42 2AH Mass accumulation value of zero position
43-85 2BH-55H
86 56H
Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
com0/com1
Controller
RS485 terminal
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
6 RX+
1 RX-
3 COMM/AL1
N/0
4 COMM/AL1
COM
RS232 communication cable
Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter
Convert terminal
9 pin D-SUB male
2 TX
3 RX
5 GND
com2
3 TX
2 RX
5 GND
8 TX
7 RX
5 GND
com0/com1
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
4.85 ZiGuang Ethernet
Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ZiGuang Ethernet UNIS-600C Ethernet ZiGuang Ethernet Slave
- 376 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ZiGuang Ethernet UNIS-600C Ethernet Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Ethernet Communication Setting
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
1. Settings in the software as follows:
(1) System basic configuration: Set the controller number, IP address, and the PC IP address.
(2) Configuration of data tag: set the parameters according to the actual I/O card. The PLC register address
should be the same as the ID number of the data tag.
- 377 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3Update and get configuration: After finish the system basic configuration and data tag configuration,
choose the Update Configuration in the Tool menu or click the icon to update the configurations in
the controller. Choose the Get Configuration in the Tool menu or click the icon to get the
configuration in the controller.
Use this box to
choose the IO card
that needs to be
added or deleted.
Use these two buttons to
add or delete current
card.
Use these two buttons
to add or delete the
channels of added
card.
This box displays
data tag of added
This box displays
current card list.
Card type
Choose the slot(free) of
card that needs to be
added
The controller only has 8 slots in
actual, the slot 8-15 is the
system simulation slots.
- 378 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4Click icon after updating controller configuration, then it will pop upWinEmu window, real-time
control of script debugging window and none-real time control of script debugging window.
WinEmu window monitors the internal data of controller, real-time control of script debugging window and
none-real time control of script debugging window provide environment for customer secondary
development.
Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bool_Read Bool_Read 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Read only
Bool_Write Bool_Write 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Write only
Float_Read ------ Float_Read 0-65535 DDDDD Read only
Int_Read ------ Int_Read 0-65535 DDDDD Read only
Float_Write
------
Float_Write 0-65535
DDDDD
Write only
Int_Write ------ Int_Write 0-65535 DDDDD Write only
------ Time 0-2 D
NOTE: The name and address of registers in HMI must be same as register in Ziguang controller when
defining in HMI.
Cable Diagram
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
- 379 -

Navigation menu